# translation of gtkmm-documentation.tutorial.master.po to Español
# Spanish translation for gtkmm-documentation.
# Copyright (C) 2010 gtkmm-documentation's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkmm-documentation package.
# Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2010.
#
# Fidel Sanchez-Bueno <axl456@axl456.com.ve>, 2011.
# José Zambrano <jozaol@gmail.com>, 2011.
# Rafael Angel <rafo424@gmail.com>, 2011.
# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtkmm-documentation.tutorial.master\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-18 09:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-18 14:39+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:34(title)
msgid "Programming with <application>gtkmm</application> 3"
msgstr "Programar con <application>gtkmm</application> 3"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:38(firstname)
msgid "Murray"
msgstr "Murray"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:39(surname)
msgid "Cumming"
msgstr "Cumming"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:42(firstname)
msgid "Bernhard"
msgstr "Bernhard"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:43(surname)
msgid "Rieder"
msgstr "Rieder"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:44(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Timeouts\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Tiempos de espera»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:47(firstname)
msgid "Jonathon"
msgstr "Jonathon"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:48(surname)
msgid "Jongsma"
msgstr "Jongsma"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:49(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Drawing with Cairo\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Dibujar con Cairo»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:50(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Working with gtkmm's Source Code\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Trabajar con el código fuente de gtkmm»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:51(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Recent Files\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Archivos recientes»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:54(firstname)
msgid "Ole"
msgstr "Ole"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:55(surname)
msgid "Laursen"
msgstr "Laursen"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:56(contrib) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:72(contrib)
msgid "Parts of chapter on \"Internationalization\"."
msgstr "Partes del capítulo acerca de «Internacionalización»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:59(firstname)
msgid "Gene"
msgstr "Gene"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:60(surname)
msgid "Ruebsamen"
msgstr "Ruebsamen"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:61(contrib) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:66(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Win32 Installation\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Instalación en Win32»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:64(firstname)
msgid "Cedric"
msgstr "Cedric"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:65(surname)
msgid "Gustin"
msgstr "Gustin"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:69(firstname)
msgid "Marko"
msgstr "Marko"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:70(surname)
msgid "Anastasov"
msgstr "Anastasov"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:71(contrib)
msgid "Chapter on \"Printing\"."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Imprimir»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:75(firstname)
msgid "Daniel"
msgstr "Daniel"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:76(surname)
msgid "Elstner"
msgstr "Elstner"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:77(contrib)
msgid ""
"Section \"Build Structure\" of chapter on \"Wrapping C Libraries with gmmproc"
"\"."
msgstr ""
"Sección «Construir la estructura» del capítulo acerca de «Envolver bibliotecas "
"de C con gmmproc»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:81(firstname)
msgid "David"
msgstr "David"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:82(surname)
msgid "King"
msgstr "King"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:83(contrib)
msgid "Section on Gtk::Grid."
msgstr "Sección acerca de Gtk::Grid."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:86(firstname)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Paned"
msgid "Pedro"
msgstr "Con paneles"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:87(surname)
msgid "Ferreira"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:88(contrib)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Chapter on \"Timeouts\"."
msgid "Chapter on Keyboard Events."
msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Tiempos de espera»."

#. This text is copied from the introduction.
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"This book explains key concepts of the <application>gtkmm</application> C++ "
"API for creating user interfaces. It also introduces the main user interface "
"elements (\"widgets\")."
msgstr ""
"Este libro explica conceptos clave sobre la API <application>gtkmm</"
"application> de C++ para la creación de interfaces de usuario. También "
"introduce los elementos principales de la interfaz de usuario («widgets»)."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:101(year)
msgid "2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010"
msgstr "2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:102(holder)
msgid "Murray Cumming"
msgstr "Murray Cumming"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later "
"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant "
"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You may obtain a "
"copy of the GNU Free Documentation License from the Free Software Foundation "
"by visiting their Web site or by writing to: Free Software Foundation, Inc., "
"59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA."
msgstr ""
"Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento en "
"virtud de los términos de la Versión 1.2 de la Licencia de Documentación "
"Libre de GNU o de cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Fundación "
"para el Software Libre; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada y "
"sin Textos de Contraportada. Puede conseguir una copia de la Licencia de "
"Documentación Libre de GNU, visitando la página oficial o escribiendo a: "
"Free Software Fundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-"
"1307, EE. UU."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:118(title)
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:121(title)
msgid "This book"
msgstr "Este libro"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:123(para)
msgid ""
"This book explains key concepts of the <application>gtkmm</application> C++ "
"API for creating user interfaces. It also introduces the main user interface "
"elements (\"widgets\"). Although it mentions classes, constructors, and "
"methods, it does not go into great detail. Therefore, for full API "
"information you should follow the links into the reference documentation."
msgstr ""
"Este libro explica conceptos clave sobre la API <application>gtkmm</"
"application> de C++ para la creación de interfaces de usuario. También "
"introduce los elementos principales de la interfaz de usuario («widgets»). A "
"pesar de que se hace mención a las clases, constructores y métodos, estas no "
"se explican en gran detalle. Por lo tanto, para obtener información completa "
"sobre la API, diríjase a los enlaces en la documentación de referencia."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"This book assumes a good understanding of C++, and how to create C++ "
"programs."
msgstr ""
"Este libro asume un buen entendimiento sobre C++, y cómo crear programas en C"
"++."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"We would very much like to hear of any problems you have learning "
"<application>gtkmm</application> with this document, and would appreciate "
"input regarding improvements. Please see the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
"contributing\">Contributing</link> section for further information."
msgstr ""
"Nos encantaría que nos informara sobre cualquier problema que encuentre "
"aprendiendo <application>gtkmm</application> con este documento, y "
"apreciaríamos cualquier información sobre mejoras en el mismo. Consulte la "
"sección <link linkend=\"chapter-contributing\">contribuir</link> para "
"obtener más información."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:134(title)
msgid "gtkmm"
msgstr "gtkmm"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> is a C++ wrapper for <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.gtk.org/\">GTK+</ulink>, a library used to create graphical user "
"interfaces. It is licensed using the LGPL license, so you can develop open "
"software, free software, or even commercial non-free software using "
"<application>gtkmm</application> without purchasing licenses."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> es un envoltorio de C++ para <ulink url="
"\"http://www.gtk.org/\">GTK+</ulink>, una biblioteca usada para crear "
"interfaces gráficas de usuario. Esta liberado bajo la licencia LGPL, para "
"que pueda desarrollar software abierto, software gratuito o software "
"comercial usando <application>gtkmm</application> sin comprar ninguna "
"licencia."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> was originally named gtk-- because GTK+ "
"already has a + in the name. However, as -- is not easily indexed by search "
"engines the package generally went by the name <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, and that's what we stuck with."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> fue originalmente llamado gtk-- debido a "
"que GTK+ ya tenía el signo + en el nombre. Sin embargo, debido a que -- no "
"puede ser indexado fácilmente en los motores de búsqueda, el paquete fue "
"generalmente llamado <application>gtkmm</application>, y eso fue con lo que "
"nos quedamos."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:146(title)
msgid "Why use <application>gtkmm</application> instead of GTK+?"
msgstr "¿Por qué usar <application>gtkmm</application> en vez de GTK+?"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> allows you to write code using normal C++ "
"techniques such as encapsulation, derivation, and polymorphism. As a C++ "
"programmer you probably already realise that this leads to clearer and "
"better organized code."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> le permite escribir código usando técnicas "
"normales de C++ tales como encapsulación, derivación y polimorfismo. Como "
"programador de C++, probablemente ya se habrá dado cuenta de que esto "
"conlleva a un código mas limpio y mejor organizado."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:148(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> is more type-safe, so the compiler can "
"detect errors that would only be detected at run time when using C. This use "
"of specific types also makes the API clearer because you can see what types "
"should be used just by looking at a method's declaration."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> es más seguro, por lo que el compilador "
"puede detectar errores que sólo pudieran detectarse durante ejecución al "
"usar C. Este uso de tipos específicos también hace la API más limpia debido "
"a que puede ver qué tipos deberían usarse con sólo mirar la declaración de "
"un método."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"Inheritance can be used to derive new widgets. The derivation of new widgets "
"in GTK+ C code is so complicated and error prone that almost no C coders do "
"it. As a C++ developer you know that derivation is an essential Object "
"Orientated technique."
msgstr ""
"Se puede hacer uso de herencia para derivar nuevos widgets. Derivar nuevos "
"widgets en código C GTK+ es tan complicado y propenso a errores que casi "
"ningún codificador de C lo hace. Como programador en C++ usted sabe que la "
"derivación es una técnica orientada a objetos esencial."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"Member instances can be used, simplifying memory management. All GTK+ C "
"widgets are dealt with by use of pointers. As a C++ coder you know that "
"pointers should be avoided where possible."
msgstr ""
"Pueden usarse instancias de miembros, simplificando la gestión de memoria. "
"Todos los widgets C GTK+ son tratados usando punteros. Como programador en C+"
"+ usted sabe que los punteros deben evitarse siempre que sea posible."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> involves less code compared to GTK+, which "
"uses prefixed function names and lots of cast macros."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> implica menos código en comparación con GTK"
"+, el cual usa nombres de funciones prefijadas y muchos macros."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:155(title)
msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> compared to Qt"
msgstr "<application>gtkmm</application> comparado con Qt"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:156(para)
msgid ""
"Trolltech's Qt is the closest competition to <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, so it deserves discussion."
msgstr ""
"Qt de Trolltech es el competidor más cercano de <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, por lo que merece discusión."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> developers tend to prefer "
"<application>gtkmm</application> to Qt because <application>gtkmm</"
"application> does things in a more C++ way. Qt originates from a time when C+"
"+ and the standard library were not standardised or well supported by "
"compilers. It therefore duplicates a lot of stuff that is now in the "
"standard library, such as containers and type information. Most "
"significantly, Trolltech modified the C++ language to provide signals, so "
"that Qt classes cannot be used easily with non-Qt classes. "
"<application>gtkmm</application> was able to use standard C++ to provide "
"signals without changing the C++ language. See the FAQ for more detailed "
"differences."
msgstr ""
"Los desarrolladores de <application>gtkmm</application> tienden a preferir "
"<application>gtkmm</application> antes que a Qt por ser funcionalmente "
"similar a C++. Qt se originó en un momento en que C++ y la biblioteca "
"estándar no estaban estandarizados o bien no contaban con un buen soporte de "
"los compiladores. Es por ello que en la actualidad se encuentran mucho "
"material duplicado en la biblioteca estándar, tales como contenedores e "
"información de tipo. Lo más relevante es que Trolltech ha modificado el "
"lenguaje C + + para proporcionar señales, por lo que las clases de Qt no se "
"pueden utilizar fácilmente con clases de otras bibliotecas. <application> "
"gtkmm </ application> fue capaz de utilizar C++ estándar para proporcionar "
"señales sin necesidad de cambiar el lenguaje C++. Consulte las preguntas "
"frecuentes para conocer las diferencias de manera detallada."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:162(title)
msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> is a wrapper"
msgstr "<application>gtkmm</application> es un envoltorio"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> is not a native C++ toolkit, but a C++ "
"wrapper of a C toolkit. This separation of interface and implementation has "
"advantages. The <application>gtkmm</application> developers spend most of "
"their time talking about how <application>gtkmm</application> can present "
"the clearest API, without awkward compromises due to obscure technical "
"details. We contribute a little to the underlying GTK+ code base, but so do "
"the C coders, and the Perl coders and the Python coders, etc. Therefore GTK+ "
"benefits from a broader user base than language-specific toolkits - there "
"are more implementers, more developers, more testers, and more users."
msgstr ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> no es un kit de herramientas nativo de C++, "
"pero si es un envoltorio C++ de un conjunto de herramientas de C. Esta "
"separación de la interfaz e implementación tiene sus ventajas. Los "
"desarrolladores de <application>gtkmm</application> pasan la mayor parte de "
"su tiempo hablando sobre cómo <application>gtkmm</application> puede "
"presentar una API lo mas clara posible, sin compromisos incómodos debido a "
"oscuros detalles técnicos. Nosotros contribuimos un poco a al código base "
"subyacente de GTK+, pero también lo hacen los programadores de C, los "
"programadores de Perl, los programadores de Python, etc. Por ello, GTK+ se "
"beneficia de una base de usuarios de mayor proporción que el lenguaje de "
"herramientas específicas; hay más desarrolladores, más personas que prueban "
"software en desarrollo, y más usuarios."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:171(title)
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:173(title)
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Dependecias"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"Before attempting to install <application>gtkmm</application> 3.0, you might "
"first need to install these other packages."
msgstr ""
"Antes de intentar instalar <application>gtkmm</application> 3.0, "
"probablemente deba instalar primero estos otros paquetes."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:179(application)
msgid "libsigc++ 2.0"
msgstr "libsigc++ 2.0"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:180(application)
msgid "GTK+ 3.0"
msgstr "GTK+ 3.0"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:181(application)
msgid "cairomm"
msgstr "cairomm"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:182(application)
msgid "pangomm"
msgstr "pangomm"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:183(application)
msgid "atkmm"
msgstr "atkmm"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"These dependencies have their own dependencies, including the following "
"applications and libraries:"
msgstr ""
"Estas dependencias tienen sus propias dependencias, incluyendo las "
"siguientes aplicaciones y bibliotecas:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:190(application)
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr "pkg-config"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:191(application)
msgid "glib"
msgstr "glib"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:192(application)
msgid "ATK"
msgstr "ATK"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:193(application)
msgid "Pango"
msgstr "Pango"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:194(application)
msgid "cairo"
msgstr "cairo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:195(application)
msgid "gdk-pixbuf"
msgstr "gdk-pixbuf"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:200(title)
msgid "Unix and Linux"
msgstr "Unix y Linux"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:203(title)
msgid "Prebuilt Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes preconstruidos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:205(para)
msgid ""
"Recent versions of <application>gtkmm</application> are packaged by nearly "
"every major Linux distribution these days. So, if you use Linux, you can "
"probably get started with <application>gtkmm</application> by installing the "
"package from the official repository for your distribution. Distributions "
"that include <application>gtkmm</application> in their repositories include "
"Debian, Ubuntu, Red Hat, Fedora, Mandriva, Suse, and many others."
msgstr ""
"Las versiones recientes de <application>gtkmm</application> se empaquetan en "
"casi todas las distribuciones principales de Linux actualmente. Si usted "
"utiliza Linux, es probable que pueda empezar a trabajar con <application> "
"gtkmm </application> instalando el paquete desde el repositorio oficial para "
"su distribución Linux. Las distribuciones que cuentan con "
"<application>gtkmm</application> en sus repositorios son Debian, Ubuntu, Red "
"Hat, Fedora, Mandriva, Suse, y muchas otras."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"The names of the <application>gtkmm</application> packages vary from "
"distribution to distribution (e.g. <application>libgtkmm3.0-dev</"
"application> on Debian and Ubuntu or <application>gtkmm30-devel</"
"application> on Red Hat Fedora), so check with your distribution's package "
"management program for the correct package name and install it like you "
"would any other package."
msgstr ""
"Los nombres de los paquetes de <application>gtkmm</application> varían de "
"distribución en distribución (por ejemplo, <application>libgtkmm3.0-dev</"
"application> en Debian y en Ubuntu o <application>gtkmm30-devel</"
"application> en Red Hat Fedora), por lo que se recomienda consultar el "
"nombre del paquete correcto en el gestor de paquetes de su distribución para "
"instalarlo como lo haría con cualquier otro paquete."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"The package names will not change when new API/ABI-compatible versions of "
"<application>gtkmm</application> are released. Otherwise they would not be "
"API/ABI-compatible. So don't be surprised, for instance, to find "
"<application>gtkmm</application> 3.2 supplied by Debian's "
"<application>libgtkmm3.0-dev</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Los nombres de los paquetes no cambiarán cuando se libere la nueva API/ABI "
"compatible con versiones de <application>gtkmm</application>. De lo "
"contrario, no sería una API/ABI compatible. Así que no se sorprenda, por "
"ejemplo, de encontrar <application>gtkmm</application> 3.2 suministrado por "
"el paquete <application>  libgtkmm3.0-dev </application> de Debian."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:231(title)
msgid "Installing From Source"
msgstr "Instalar desde las fuentes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:233(para)
msgid ""
"If your distribution does not provide a pre-built <application>gtkmm</"
"application> package, or if you want to install a different version than the "
"one provided by your distribution, you can also install <application>gtkmm</"
"application> from source. The source code for <application>gtkmm</"
"application> can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"http://www.gtkmm.org/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Si su distribución no proporciona un paquete <application>gtkmm</"
"application> pre-construido, o si desea instalar una versión diferente a la "
"proporcionada por su distribución, también puede instalar "
"<application>gtkmm</application> desde las fuentes. El código fuente para "
"<application>gtkmm</application> se puede descargar desde <ulink url="
"\"http://www.gtkmm.org/\"/>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"After you've installed all of the dependencies, download the "
"<application>gtkmm</application> source code, unpack it, and change to the "
"newly created directory. <application>gtkmm</application> can be built and "
"installed with the following sequence of commands:"
msgstr ""
"Después de haber instalado todas las dependencias, descargue el código "
"fuente de <application>gtkmm</application>, descomprímalo y caḿbiese a la "
"carpeta creada. <application>gtkmm</application> se puede construir e "
"instalar con la siguiente secuencia de comandos:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:244(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# ./configure\n"
"# make\n"
"# make install\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# ./configure\n"
"# make\n"
"# make install\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"Remember that on a Unix or Linux operating system, you will probably need to "
"be <literal>root</literal> to install software. The <command>su</command> "
"command will allow you to enter the <literal>root</literal> password and "
"have <literal>root</literal> status temporarily."
msgstr ""
"Recuerde que en un sistema Unix o Linux, probablemente tendrá que ser "
"<literal>root</literal> para instalar el software. El comando <command>su</"
"command> le permitirá introducir la contraseña de <literal>root</"
"literal>para tener el acceso de <literal>root</literal> temporalmente."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:257(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>configure</filename> script will check to make sure all of the "
"required dependencies are already installed. If you are missing any "
"dependencies, it will exit and display an error."
msgstr ""
"El script <filename>configure</filename> hará comprobaciones para asegurarse "
"de que todas las dependencias necesarias ya están instaladas. Si le falta "
"alguna dependencia, terminará y mostrará un error."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:262(para)
msgid ""
"By default, <application>gtkmm</application> will be installed under the "
"<filename>/usr/local</filename> directory. On some systems you may need to "
"install to a different location. For instance, on Red Hat Linux systems you "
"might use the <literal>--prefix</literal> option with configure, like so: "
"<screen>\n"
"# ./configure --prefix=/usr\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"De manera predeterminada, <application>gtkmm</application> se instalará en "
"la carpeta <filename>/usr/local</filename>, En algunos sistemas es posible "
"que necesite instalar en una ubicación diferente. Por ejemplo, en sitemas "
"Red Hat Linux puede utilizar la opción <literal>--prefix </literal>, de este "
"modo: <screen># ./configure --prefix=/usr</screen>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:273(para)
msgid ""
"You should be very careful when installing to standard system prefixes such "
"as <filename>/usr</filename>. Linux distributions install software packages "
"to <filename>/usr</filename>, so installing a source package to this prefix "
"could corrupt or conflict with software installed using your distribution's "
"package-management system. Ideally, you should use a separate prefix for all "
"software you install from source."
msgstr ""
"Debe tener mucho cuidado al instalar en prefijos estándar del sistema, como "
"<filename>/usr</filename>. Las distribuciones de Linux instalan paquetes de "
"software en <filename>/usr</filename>, por lo que instalar un paquete de "
"fuentes en este prefijo puede corromper o crear un conflicto con el software "
"instalado usando el sistema de gestión de paquetes de su distribución. De "
"manera ideal, debería usar un prefijo separado para todo el software que "
"instale desde las fuentes."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"If you want to help develop <application>gtkmm</application> or experiment "
"with new features, you can also install <application>gtkmm</application> "
"from git. Most users will never need to do this, but if you're interested in "
"helping with <application>gtkmm</application> development, see the <link "
"linkend=\"chapter-working-with-source\">Working with gtkmm's Source Code</"
"link> appendix."
msgstr ""
"Si quiere ayudar al desarrollo de <application>gtkmm</application> o "
"experimentar con nuevas características, puede instalar <application>gtkmm</ "
"application> desde git. La mayoría de los usuarios nunca tendrán que hacer "
"esto, pero si está interesado en involucrarse directamente con el desarrollo "
"de <application>gtkmm</application>, consulte el apéndice <link linkend="
"\"chapter-working-with-source\">Trabajando con el código fuente de gtkmm</"
"link>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:293(title)
msgid "Microsoft Windows"
msgstr "Microsoft Windows"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"GTK+ and <application>gtkmm</application> were designed to work well with "
"Microsoft Windows, and the developers encourage its use on the win32 "
"platform. However, Windows has no standard installation system for "
"development libraries. Please see the <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
"gtkmm/MSWindows\">Windows Installation</ulink> page for Windows-specific "
"installation instructions and notes."
msgstr ""
"GTK+ y <application>gtkmm</application> están diseñados para funcionar "
"correctamente con Microsoft Windows, y los desarrolladores fomentan su uso "
"en la plataforma win32. Sin embargo, Windows no tiene un sistema de "
"instalación estándar para las bibliotecas de desarrollo. Si quiere obtener "
"instrucciones y notas para una instalación específica de Windows consulte la "
"página <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows\">Instalación en "
"Windows</ulink>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:301(title)
msgid "Basics"
msgstr "Conceptos básicos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter will introduce some of the most important aspects of "
"<application>gtkmm</application> coding. These will be demonstrated with "
"simple working example code. However, this is just a taster, so you need to "
"look at the other chapters for more substantial information."
msgstr ""
"En este capítulo se presentan algunos de los aspectos más importantes de la "
"codificación <application>gtkmm</application>. Que se validarán con un "
"ejemplo de trabajo de código. Sin embargo, esta es sólo una pequeña muestra, "
"por lo que es necesario leer otros capítulos para obtener más información "
"importante."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"Your existing knowledge of C++ will help you with <application>gtkmm</"
"application> as it would with any library. Unless we state otherwise, you "
"can expect <application>gtkmm</application> classes to behave like any other "
"C++ class, and you can expect to use your existing C++ techniques with "
"<application>gtkmm</application> classes."
msgstr ""
"Conocer C++ le ayudará con <application>gtkmm</application> como lo haría "
"con cualquier otra biblioteca. A menos que se indique lo contrario, el "
"comportamiento de las clases de <application>gtkmm</application> será como "
"el de cualquier otra clase C++, de manera que podrá utilizar sus actuales "
"técnicas de C++ con las clases de <application>gtkmm</application>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:311(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3473(title)
msgid "Simple Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo simple"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"To begin our introduction to <application>gtkmm</application>, we'll start "
"with the simplest program possible. This program will create an empty 200 x "
"200 pixel window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:318(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:496(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:766(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:874(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:983(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1148(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1202(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1257(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1304(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1331(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1356(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1504(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1570(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1594(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1625(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1682(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1723(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1768(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1803(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1842(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1980(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2108(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2151(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2193(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2352(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2400(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2440(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3036(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3055(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3074(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3096(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3118(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3191(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3204(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3238(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3251(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3482(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3657(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3670(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3726(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3979(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4041(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4068(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4091(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4115(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4317(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4407(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4483(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4606(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4632(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4845(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5005(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5025(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5399(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5620(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5754(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5875(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5920(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5982(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6079(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6116(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6469(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6537(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7182(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7239(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7995(ulink)
msgid "Source Code"
msgstr "Código fuente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:320(para)
msgid "We will now explain each line of the example"
msgstr "Ahora se explicará cada línea del ejemplo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:321(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "#include &lt;gtkmm.h&gt;"
msgstr "#include &lt;gtkmm.h&gt;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"All <application>gtkmm</application> programs must include certain "
"<application>gtkmm</application> headers; <literal>gtkmm.h</literal> "
"includes the entire <application>gtkmm</application> kit. This is usually "
"not a good idea, because it includes a megabyte or so of headers, but for "
"simple programs, it suffices."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:332(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);"
msgstr "Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:329(para)
msgid ""
"The next line: <placeholder-1/> creates a <classname>Gtk::Main</classname> "
"object. This is needed in all <application>gtkmm</application> applications. "
"The constructor for this object initializes <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, and checks the arguments passed to your application on the "
"command line, looking for standard options such as <literal>-display</"
"literal>. It takes these from the argument list, leaving anything it does "
"not recognize for your application to parse or ignore. This ensures that all "
"<application>gtkmm</application> applications accept the same set of "
"standard arguments."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:342(para)
msgid "The next two lines of code create and display a window:"
msgstr "Las dos siguientes líneas de código crean y muestran una ventana:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Window window;"
msgstr "Gtk::Window window;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:346(para)
msgid ""
"The last line shows the window and enters the <application>gtkmm</"
"application> main processing loop, which will finish when the window is "
"closed."
msgstr ""
"La última línea muestra la ventana y entra al bucle principal de "
"<application>gtkmm</application>, que terminará cuando la ventana se cierre."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:350(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Main::run(window);"
msgstr "Gtk::Main::run(window);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:354(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "g++ simple.cc -o simple `pkg-config gtkmm-3.0 --cflags --libs`"
msgstr "g++ simple.cc -o simple `pkg-config gtkmm-3.0 --cflags --libs`"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"After putting the source code in <literal>simple.cc</literal> you can "
"compile the above program with gcc using: <placeholder-1/> Note that you "
"must surround the <literal>pkg-config</literal> invocation with backquotes. "
"Backquotes cause the shell to execute the command inside them, and to use "
"the command's output as part of the command line."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:363(title)
msgid "Headers and Linking"
msgstr "Cabeceras y enlazado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:364(para)
msgid ""
"Although we have shown the compilation command for the simple example, you "
"really should use the automake and autoconf tools, as described in "
"\"Autoconf, Automake, Libtool\", by G. V. Vaughan et al. The examples used "
"in this book are included in the <application>gtkmm</application> package, "
"with appropriate build files, so we won't show the build commands in future. "
"You'll just need to find the appropriate directory and type <literal>make</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:367(para)
msgid ""
"To simplify compilation, we use <literal>pkg-config</literal>, which is "
"present in all (properly installed) <application>gtkmm</application> "
"installations. This program 'knows' what compiler switches are needed to "
"compile programs that use <application>gtkmm</application>. The <literal>--"
"cflags</literal> option causes <literal>pkg-config</literal> to output a "
"list of include directories for the compiler to look in; the <literal>--"
"libs</literal> option requests the list of libraries for the compiler to "
"link with and the directories to find them in. Try running it from your "
"shell-prompt to see the results on your system."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:380(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "PKG_CHECK_MODULES([MYAPP], [gtkmm-3.0 &gt;= 3.0.0])"
msgstr "PKG_CHECK_MODULES([MYAPP], [gtkmm-3.0 &gt;= 3.0.0])"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"However, this is even simpler when using the <function>PKG_CHECK_MODULES()</"
"function> macro in a standard configure.ac file with autoconf and automake. "
"For instance: <placeholder-1/> This checks for the presence of gtkmm and "
"defines MYAPP_LIBS and MYAPP_CFLAGS for use in your Makefile.am files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"gtkmm-3.0 is the name of the current stable API. There was an older API "
"called gtkmm-2-4 which installs in parallel when it is available. There were "
"several versions of gtkmm-2.4, such as gtkmm 2.10 and there will be several "
"versions of the gtkmm-3.0 API. Note that the API name does not change for "
"every version because that would be an incompatible API and ABI break. "
"Theoretically, there might be a future gtkmm-4.0 API which would install in "
"parallel with gtkmm-3.0 without affecting existing applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"Note that if you mention extra modules in addition to gtkmm-3.0, they should "
"be separated by spaces, not commas."
msgstr ""
"Tenga en cuenta que si menciona módulos adicionales, además de gtkmm-3.0, "
"deben estar separados por espacios, no por comas."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"Openismus has more <ulink url=\"http://www.openismus.com/documents/linux/"
"automake/automake.shtml\">basic help with automake and autoconf</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Openismus tiene más <ulink url=\"http://www.openismus.com/documents/linux/"
"automake/automake.shtml\">ayuda básica con automake y autoconf</ulink>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:395(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6139(title)
msgid "Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:396(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> applications consist of windows containing "
"widgets, such as buttons and text boxes. In some other systems, widgets are "
"called \"controls\". For each widget in your application's windows, there is "
"a C++ object in your application's code. So you just need to call a method "
"of the widget's class to affect the visible widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:398(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"m_box.pack_start(m_Button1);\n"
"m_box.pack_start(m_Button2);"
msgstr ""
"m_box.pack_start(m_Button1);\n"
"m_box.pack_start(m_Button2);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:401(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_frame.add(m_box);"
msgstr "m_frame.add(m_box);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"Widgets are arranged inside container widgets such as frames and notebooks, "
"in a hierarchy of widgets within widgets. Some of these container widgets, "
"such as <classname>Gtk::Grid</classname>, are not visible - they exist only "
"to arrange other widgets. Here is some example code that adds 2 "
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> widgets to a <classname>Gtk::VBox</"
"classname> container widgets: <placeholder-1/> and here is how to add the "
"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname>, containing those buttons, to a "
"<classname>Gtk::Frame</classname>, which has a visible frame and title: "
"<placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:403(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the chapters in this book deal with specific widgets. See the <link "
"linkend=\"chapter-container-widgets\">Container Widgets</link> section for "
"more details about adding widgets to container widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:407(para)
msgid ""
"Although you can specify the layout and appearance of windows and widgets "
"with C++ code, you will probably find it more convenient to design your user "
"interfaces with <literal>Glade</literal> and load them at runtime with "
"<literal>Gtk::Builder</literal>. See the <link linkend=\"chapter-builder"
"\">Glade and Gtk::Builder</link> chapter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"Although <application>gtkmm</application> widget instances have lifetimes "
"and scopes just like those of other C++ classes, <application>gtkmm</"
"application> has an optional time-saving feature that you will see in some "
"of the examples. <function>Gtk::manage()</function> allows you to say that a "
"child widget is owned by the container into which you place it. This allows "
"you to <function>new</function> the widget, add it to the container and "
"forget about deleting it. You can learn more about <application>gtkmm</"
"application> memory management techniques in the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
"memory\">Memory Management chapter</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:416(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:770(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4763(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5054(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7520(title)
msgid "Signals"
msgstr "Señales"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application>, like most GUI toolkits, is <emphasis>event-"
"driven</emphasis>. When an event occurs, such as the press of a mouse "
"button, the appropriate signal will be <emphasis>emitted</emphasis> by the "
"Widget that was pressed. Each Widget has a different set of signals that it "
"can emit. To make a button click result in an action, we set up a "
"<emphasis>signal handler</emphasis> to catch the button's \"clicked\" signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:426(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"  &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked) );"
msgstr ""
"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"  &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:425(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the libsigc++ library to implement "
"signals. Here is an example line of code that connects a Gtk::Button's "
"\"clicked\" signal with a signal handler called \"on_button_clicked\": "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"For more detailed information about signals, see the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
"signals\">appendix</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:431(para)
msgid ""
"For information about implementing your own signals rather than just "
"connecting to the existing <application>gtkmm</application> signals, see the "
"<link linkend=\"chapter-custom-signals\">appendix</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:437(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9362(classname)
msgid "Glib::ustring"
msgstr "Glib::ustring"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:438(para)
msgid ""
"You might be surprised to learn that <application>gtkmm</application> "
"doesn't use <classname>std::string</classname> in it its interfaces. Instead "
"it uses <classname>Glib::ustring</classname>, which is so similar and "
"unobtrusive that you could actually pretend that each Glib::ustring is a "
"<classname>std::string</classname> and ignore the rest of this section. But "
"read on if you want to use languages other than English in your application."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:439(para)
msgid ""
"std::string uses 8 bit per character, but 8 bits aren't enough to encode "
"languages such as Arabic, Chinese, and Japanese. Although the encodings for "
"these languages has now been specified by the Unicode Constortium, the C and "
"C++ languages do not yet provide any standardised Unicode support. GTK+ and "
"GNOME chose to implement Unicode using UTF-8, and that's what is wrapped by "
"Glib::ustring. It provides almost exactly the same interface as std::string, "
"along with automatic conversions to and from std::string."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:440(para)
msgid ""
"One of the benefits of UTF-8 is that you don't need to use it unless you "
"want to, so you don't need to retrofit all of your code at once. "
"<classname>std::string</classname> will still work for 7-bit ASCII strings. "
"But when you try to localize your application for languages like Chinese, "
"for instance, you will start to see strange errors, and possible crashes. "
"Then all you need to do is start using <classname>Glib::ustring</classname> "
"instead."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:441(para)
msgid ""
"Note that UTF-8 isn't compatible with 8-bit encodings like ISO-8859-1. For "
"instance, German umlauts are not in the ASCII range and need more than 1 "
"byte in the UTF-8 encoding. If your code contains 8-bit string literals, you "
"have to convert them to UTF-8 (e.g. the Bavarian greeting \"Grüß Gott\" "
"would be \"Gr\\xC3\\xBC\\xC3\\x9F Gott\")."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:442(para)
msgid ""
"You should avoid C-style pointer arithmetic, and functions such as strlen(). "
"In UTF-8, each character might need anywhere from 1 to 6 bytes, so it's not "
"possible to assume that the next byte is another character. <classname>Glib::"
"ustring</classname> worries about the details of this for you so you can use "
"methods such as Glib::ustring::substr() while still thinking in terms of "
"characters instead of bytes."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"Unlike the Windows UCS-2 Unicode solution, this does not require any special "
"compiler options to process string literals, and it does not result in "
"Unicode executables and libraries which are incompatible with ASCII ones."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:446(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:750(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:848(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:863(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:966(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1020(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1038(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1084(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1186(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1241(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1287(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1487(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1535(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1583(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1671(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1712(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1753(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1786(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1826(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2072(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2139(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2176(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2334(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2389(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2429(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2476(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2492(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2510(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2618(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3137(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3290(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3318(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3347(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3399(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3419(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3467(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3961(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4018(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4029(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4056(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4079(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4103(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4873(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5144(ulink)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5176(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7392(ulink)
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Referencia"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:448(para)
msgid ""
"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-internationalization\">Internationalization</"
"link> section for information about providing the UTF-8 string literals."
msgstr ""
"Para obtener más información acerca de cómo proporcionar cadenas UTF-8 "
"literales, consulte la sección <link linkend=\"chapter-internationalization"
"\">Internacionalización</link>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:453(title)
msgid "Intermediate types"
msgstr "Tipos intermedios"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"Some API related to gtkmm uses intermediate data containers, such as "
"<classname>Glib::StringArrayHandle</classname>, instead of a specific "
"Standard C++ container such as <classname>std::vector</classname> or "
"<classname>std::list</classname>, though <application>gtkmm</application> "
"itself now uses just <classname>std::vector</classname> since "
"<application>gtkmm</application> 3.0."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:457(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Glib::StringArrayHandle</classname> or <classname>Glib::"
"ArrayHandle&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;</classname>: Use <classname>std::vector&lt;"
"Glib::ustring&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::list&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;</"
"classname>, <type>const char*[]</type>, etc."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Glib::ListHandle&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>: Use "
"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::"
"list&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, etc."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:459(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Glib::SListHandle&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>: Use "
"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::"
"list&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, etc."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"You should not declare these types yourself. You should instead use whatever "
"Standard C++ container you prefer. glibmm will do the conversion for you. "
"Here are some of these intermediate types: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:467(title)
msgid "Mixing C and C++ APIs"
msgstr "Mezclando las API de C y C++"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"You can use C APIs which do not yet have convenient C++ interfaces. It is "
"generally not a problem to use C APIs from C++, and <application>gtkmm</"
"application> helps by providing access to the underlying C object, and "
"providing an easy way to create a C++ wrapper object from a C object, "
"provided that the C API is also based on the GObject system."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:470(para)
msgid ""
"To use a <application>gtkmm</application> instance with a C function that "
"requires a C GObject instance, use the <function>gobj()</function> function "
"to obtain a pointer to the underlying GObject instance. For instance"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:473(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Button* button = new Gtk::Button(\"example\");\n"
"gtk_button_do_something_new(button-&gt;gobj());\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Button* button = new Gtk::Button(\"example\");\n"
"gtk_button_do_something_new(button-&gt;gobj());\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:479(para)
msgid ""
"To obtain a <application>gtkmm</application> instance from a C GObject "
"instance, use the Glib::wrap() function. For instance"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:481(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GtkButton* cbutton = get_a_button();\n"
"Gtk::Button* button = Glib::wrap(cbutton);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"GtkButton* cbutton = get_a_button();\n"
"Gtk::Button* button = Glib::wrap(cbutton);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:489(title)
msgid "Hello World in <application>gtkmm</application>"
msgstr "«Hola mundo en» <application>gtkmm</application>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:491(para)
msgid ""
"We've now learned enough to look at a real example. In accordance with an "
"ancient tradition of computer science, we now introduce Hello World, a la "
"<application>gtkmm</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"Try to compile and run it before going on. You should see something like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:503(title)
msgid "Hello World"
msgstr "Hola mundo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:509(para)
msgid ""
"Pretty thrilling, eh? Let's examine the code. First, the "
"<classname>HelloWorld</classname> class:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:514(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"class HelloWorld : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"\n"
"public:\n"
"  HelloWorld();\n"
"  virtual ~HelloWorld();\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"  //Signal handlers:\n"
"  virtual void on_button_clicked();\n"
"\n"
"  //Member widgets:\n"
"  Gtk::Button m_button;\n"
"};"
msgstr ""
"class HolaMundo : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"\n"
"public:\n"
"  HolaMundo();\n"
"  virtual ~HolaMundo();\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"  //Manejadores de señales:\n"
"  virtual void on_button_clicked();\n"
"\n"
"  //Widgets miembros:\n"
"  Gtk::Button m_button;\n"
"};"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"This class implements the \"Hello World\" window. It's derived from "
"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, and has a single <classname>Gtk::Button</"
"classname> as a member. We've chosen to use the constructor to do all of the "
"initialisation work for the window, including setting up the signals. Here "
"it is, with the comments omitted:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:538(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"HelloWorld::HelloWorld()\n"
":\n"
"  m_button (\"Hello World\")\n"
"{\n"
"  set_border_width(10);\n"
"  m_button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked));\n"
"  add(m_button);.\n"
"  m_button.show();\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"HolaMundo::HolaMundo()\n"
":\n"
"  m_button (\"Hola mundo\")\n"
"{\n"
"  set_border_width(10);\n"
"  m_button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;HolaMundo::on_button_clicked));\n"
"  add(m_button);.\n"
"  m_button.show();\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:549(para)
msgid ""
"Notice that we've used an initialiser statement to give the "
"<literal>m_button</literal> object the label \"Hello World\"."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:554(para)
msgid ""
"Next we call the Window's <methodname>set_border_width()</methodname> "
"method. This sets the amount of space between the sides of the window and "
"the widget it contains."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:560(para)
msgid ""
"We then hook up a signal handler to <literal>m_button</literal>'s "
"<literal>clicked</literal> signal. This prints our friendly greeting to "
"<literal>stdout</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"Next, we use the Window's <methodname>add()</methodname> method to put "
"<literal>m_button</literal> in the Window. (<methodname>add()</methodname> "
"comes from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, which is described in the "
"chapter on container widgets.) The <methodname>add()</methodname> method "
"places the Widget in the Window, but it doesn't display the widget. "
"<application>gtkmm</application> widgets are always invisible when you "
"create them - to display them, you must call their <methodname>show()</"
"methodname> method, which is what we do in the next line."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"Now let's look at our program's <function>main()</function> function. Here "
"it is, without comments:"
msgstr ""
"Ahora eche un vistazo a la función <function>main()</function> del  "
"programa. Aquí está, sin comentarios:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:580(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"int main(int argc, char** argv)\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);\n"
"\n"
"  HelloWorld helloworld;\n"
"  Gtk::Main::run(helloworld);\n"
"\n"
"  return 0;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"int main(int argc, char** argv)\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);\n"
"\n"
"  HolaMundo helloworld;\n"
"  Gtk::Main::run(helloworld);\n"
"\n"
"  return 0;\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"First we instantiate an object called <literal>kit</literal>. This is of "
"type <classname>Gtk::Main</classname>. Every <application>gtkmm</"
"application> program must have one of these. We pass our command-line "
"arguments to its constructor. It takes the arguments it wants, and leaves "
"you the rest, as we described earlier."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:597(para)
msgid ""
"Next we make an object of our <classname>HelloWorld</classname> class, whose "
"constructor takes no arguments, but it isn't visible yet. When we call Gtk::"
"Main::run(), giving it the helloworld Window, it shows the Window and starts "
"the <application>gtkmm</application><emphasis>event loop</emphasis>. During "
"the event loop <application>gtkmm</application> idles, waiting for actions "
"from the user, and responding appropriately. When the user closes the "
"Window, run() will return, causing the final line of our main() function be "
"to executed. The application will then finish."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:606(title)
msgid "Changes in <application>gtkmm</application> 3"
msgstr "Cambios en <application>gtkmm</application> 3"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:608(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application>-3.0 is a new version of the "
"<application>gtkmm</application> API that installs in parallel with the "
"older <application>gtkmm</application>-2.4 API. The last version of the "
"<application>gtkmm</application>-2.4 API was <application>gtkmm</"
"application> 2.24. <application>gtkmm</application> 3 has no major "
"fundamental differences to <application>gtkmm</application> 2 but does make "
"several small changes that were not possible while maintaining binary "
"compatibility. If you never used the <application>gtkmm</application>-2.4 "
"API then you can safely ignore this chapter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> 3's library is called <literal>libgtkmm-"
"3.0</literal> rather than <literal>libgtkmm-2.4</literal> and installs its "
"headers in a similarly-versioned directory, so your pkg-config check should "
"ask for <literal>gtkmm-3.0</literal> rather than <literal>gtkmm-2.4</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:613(para)
msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> 3 added some new classes:"
msgstr "<application>gtkmm</application> 3 añadió algunas clases nuevas:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:617(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::AppChooser</classname>, <classname>Gtk::AppChooserButton</"
"classname>, <classname>Gtk::AppChooserDialog</classname> allow the user to "
"select an installed application to open a particularl type of content."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:619(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Grid</classname> is a new container widget that will "
"eventually replace <classname>Gtk::Box</classname>. It arranges its children "
"according to properties of those children rather than its own layout details."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:620(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Switch</classname> displays On/Off states more explictly "
"than <classname>Gtk::CheckBox</classname>. It may be useful, for instance, "
"when allowing users to activate hardware."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:623(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> 3 also made several small changes to the "
"API, which you will probably encounter when porting code that used "
"<application>gtkmm</application>-2.4. Here is a short list:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:628(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::CellLayout</classname>, used by <classname>Gtk::IconView</"
"classname>, <classname>Gtk::TreeView::Column</classname> and <classname>Gtk::"
"ComboBox</classname>, now has a <classname>Gtk::CellArea</classname> which "
"can be used to specify more details of how the <classname>CellRenderer</"
"classname>s are arranged and aligned."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:630(simpara)
msgid ""
"Gtk::ComboBox now derives from CellLayout, allowing easier layout and "
"alignment of its <classname>Gtk::CellRenderer</classname>s."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:632(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> and <classname>IconSet</classname> "
"and <classname>Gdk::Cursor</classname> are now used via <classname>Glib::"
"RefPtr</classname>."
msgstr ""
"<classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname>, <classname>IconSet</classname> y "
"<classname>Gdk::Cursor</classname> se usan ahora a través de "
"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:634(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Box</classname>, <classname>Gtk::ButtonBox</classname>, "
"<classname>Gtk::IconView</classname>, <classname>Gtk::Paned</classname>, "
"<classname>Gtk::ProgressBar</classname>, <classname>Gtk::ScaleButton</"
"classname>, <classname>Gtk::ScrollBar</classname> and <classname>Gtk::"
"Separator</classname> now derive from <classname>Gtk::Orientable</"
"classname>, allowing their orientation (vertical or horizontal) to be "
"specified without requiring the use of a derived class such as "
"<classname>Gtk::HBox</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:637(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::IconView</classname>, <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname>, "
"<classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> and other widgets derive from "
"Scrollable instead of having their own methods such as "
"<methodname>get_vadjustment()</methodname> and instead of having their won "
"set_scroll_adjustments signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:639(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Style</classname> and <classname>Gtk::Rc</classname> were "
"removed, replaced by <classname>Gtk::StyleContext</classname>, and "
"<classname>Gtk::StyleProvider</classname>s, such as <classname>Gtk::"
"CssProvider</classname>."
msgstr ""
"<classname>Gtk::Style</classname> y <classname>Gtk::Rc</classname> se "
"quitaron y se rremplazaron por <classname>Gtk::StyleContext</classname>, y "
"<classname>Gtk::StyleProvider</classname>, así como <classname>Gtk::"
"CssProvider</classname>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:641(simpara)
msgid ""
"Widget::on_expose_event() was replaced by Widget::on_draw(), which assumes "
"that cairomm is used for drawing, via the provided <classname>Cairo::"
"Context</classname> and does not require you to call <methodname>Cairo::"
"Context::clip()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:643(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gdk::RGBA</classname> replaces <classname>Color</classname>, "
"adding an alpha component for opacity. <classname>Colormap</classname> was "
"removed, along with its awkward use to allocate colors."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:645(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gdk::Pixmap</classname> and <classname>Gdk::Bitmap</classname> "
"were removed in favour of <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:647(simpara)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gdk::Drawable</classname> was removed, with its methods moving "
"into <classname>Gdk::Window</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:649(simpara)
msgid ""
"We now use std::vector in several methods instead of the intermediate "
"*Handle types to make the API clearer."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:654(para)
msgid ""
"All deprecated API was removed in <application>gtkmm</application> 3.0, "
"though there will be new deprecations in future versions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:656(para)
msgid ""
"As a first step to porting your source code to <application>gtkmm</"
"application>-3.0; you should probably ensure that your application builds "
"with the deprecated <application>gtkmm</application>-2.4; API disabled, by "
"defining macro such as GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED. There are some autotools "
"macros that can help with this by defining them optionally at build time. "
"See the <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/PortingToGtkmm3\">gtkmm 3 "
"porting wiki page</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:661(title)
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr "Botones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:663(para)
msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> provides four basic types of buttons:"
msgstr ""
"<application> gtkmm </application> proporciona cuatro tipos básicos de "
"botones:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:670(term)
msgid "Push-Buttons"
msgstr "Pulsadores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:672(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/gtkmm/unstable/classGtk_1_1Button."
"html\"><classname>Gtk::Button</classname></ulink>. Standard buttons, usually "
"marked with a label or picture. Pushing one triggers an action. See the "
"<link linkend=\"sec-pushbuttons\">Button</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:679(term)
msgid "Toggle buttons"
msgstr "Botones conmutables"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:681(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/gtkmm/unstable/"
"classGtk_1_1ToggleButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::ToggleButton</classname></"
"ulink>. Unlike a normal Button, which springs back up, a ToggleButton stays "
"down until you press it again. It might be useful as an on/off switch. See "
"the <link linkend=\"sec-toggle-buttons\">ToggleButton</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:689(term)
msgid "Checkboxes"
msgstr "Casillas de verificación"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:691(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/gtkmm/unstable/"
"classGtk_1_1CheckButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname></"
"ulink>. These act like ToggleButtons, but show their state in small squares, "
"with their label at the side. They should be used in most situations which "
"require an on/off setting. See the <link linkend=\"sec-checkboxes"
"\">CheckBox</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:701(term)
msgid "Radio buttons"
msgstr "Botones de radio"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:703(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/gtkmm/unstable/"
"classGtk_1_1RadioButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::RadioButton</classname></"
"ulink>. Named after the station selectors on old car radios, these buttons "
"are used in groups for options which are mutually exclusive. Pressing one "
"causes all the others in its group to turn off. They are similar to "
"CheckBoxes (a small widget with a label at the side), but usually look "
"different. See the <link linkend=\"sec-radio-buttons\">RadioButton</link> "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:717(para)
msgid ""
"Note that, due to GTK+'s theming system, the appearance of these widgets "
"will vary. In the case of checkboxes and radio buttons, they may vary "
"considerably."
msgstr ""
"Tenga en cuenta que, debido a sistema de tema de GTK+, las apariencia de "
"estos widgets variará. En el caso de las casillas y de los botones de radio, "
"variará considerablemente."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:724(title)
msgid "Button"
msgstr "Botón"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:726(title)
msgid "Constructors"
msgstr "Constructores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:728(para)
msgid ""
"There are two ways to create a Button. You can specify a label string in the "
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> constructor, or set it later with "
"<methodname>set_label()</methodname>."
msgstr ""
"Hay dos maneras de crear un botón. Puede especificar una etiqueta en el "
"constructor de <classname>Gtk::Button</classname>, o establecerla más tarde "
"con <methodname>set_label()</methodname>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"To define an accelerator key for keyboard navigation, place an underscore "
"before one of the label's characters and specify <literal>true</literal> for "
"the optional <literal>mnemonic</literal> parameter. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:736(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"_Something\", true);"
msgstr "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"_Algo\", true);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:740(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(Gtk::Stock::OK);"
msgstr "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(Gtk::Stock::OK);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:738(para)
msgid ""
"Wherever possible you should use Stock items, to ensure consistency with "
"other applications, and to improve the appearance of your applications by "
"using icons. For instance, <placeholder-1/> This will use standard text, in "
"all languages, with standard keyboard accelerators, with a standard icon."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:744(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> is also a container so you could put any "
"other widget, such as a <classname>Gtk::Image</classname> into it."
msgstr ""
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> también es un contenedor, por lo que "
"puede poner otro widget, como un <classname>Gtk::Image</classname> dentro de "
"él."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:753(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:865(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:970(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1131(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1188(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1491(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1561(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1585(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1616(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1673(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1714(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1755(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1789(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1829(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2104(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2142(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2178(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2338(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2391(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2431(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3964(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4032(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4059(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4082(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4106(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4279(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4395(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4470(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4595(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4835(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5380(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5860(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5898(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6463(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6532(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7169(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7228(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7989(title)
msgid "Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:755(para)
msgid "This example creates a button with a picture and a label."
msgstr "Este ejemplo crea un botón con una imagen y una etiqueta."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:760(title)
msgid "buttons example"
msgstr "botones de ejemplo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:772(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> widget has the following signals, but "
"most of the time you will just handle the <literal>clicked</literal> signal:"
msgstr ""
"El widget <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> tiene las siguientes señales, "
"pero la mayor parte del tiempo sólo manejara la señal <literal>clicked</"
"literal>:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:780(literal)
msgid "pressed"
msgstr "pressed"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:782(para)
msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed."
msgstr "Emitida cuando se pulsa el botón."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:788(literal)
msgid "released"
msgstr "released"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:790(para)
msgid "Emitted when the button is released."
msgstr "Emitida cuando se suelta el botón."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:796(literal)
msgid "clicked"
msgstr "clicked"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:798(para)
msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed and released."
msgstr "Emitida cuando el botón se pulsa y se suelta."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:804(literal)
msgid "enter"
msgstr "enter"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:806(para)
msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer moves over the button's window."
msgstr ""
"Emitida cuando se mueve el puntero del ratón sobre el botón de la ventana."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:812(literal)
msgid "leave"
msgstr "leave"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:814(para)
msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer leaves the button's window."
msgstr "Emitida cuando el puntero del ratón sale del botón de la ventana."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:826(title)
msgid "ToggleButton"
msgstr "Botón Conmutable"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:828(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>ToggleButton</classname>s are like normal <classname>Button</"
"classname>s, but when clicked they remain activated, or pressed, until "
"clicked again."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:830(para)
msgid ""
"To retrieve the state of the <classname>ToggleButton</classname>, you can "
"use the <methodname>get_active()</methodname> method. This returns "
"<literal>true</literal> if the button is \"down\". You can also set the "
"toggle button's state, with <methodname>set_active()</methodname>. Note "
"that, if you do this, and the state actually changes, it causes the \"clicked"
"\" signal to be emitted. This is usually what you want."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:837(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <methodname>toggled()</methodname> method to toggle the "
"button, rather than forcing it to be up or down: This switches the button's "
"state, and causes the <literal>toggled</literal> signal to be emitted."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:842(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::ToggleButton</classname> is most useful as a base class for "
"the <classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname> and <classname>Gtk::RadioButton</"
"classname> classes."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:853(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:868(title)
msgid "CheckButton"
msgstr "CheckButton"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:855(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname> inherits from <classname>Gtk::"
"ToggleButton</classname>. The only real difference between the two is "
"<classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname>'s appearance. You can check, set, "
"and toggle a checkbox using the same member methods as for <classname>Gtk::"
"ToggleButton</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:880(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:977(title)
msgid "RadioButton"
msgstr "Botón de radio"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:882(para)
msgid ""
"Like checkboxes, radio buttons also inherit from <classname>Gtk::"
"ToggleButton</classname>, but these work in groups, and only one RadioButton "
"in a group can be selected at any one time."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:888(title)
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Grupos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:889(para)
msgid ""
"There are two ways to set up a group of radio buttons. The first way is to "
"create the buttons, and set up their groups afterwards. Only the first two "
"constructors are used. In the following example, we make a new window class "
"called <classname>RadioButtons</classname>, and then put three radio buttons "
"in it:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:897(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"    RadioButtons();\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton m_rb1, m_rb2, m_rb3;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
"  : m_rb1(\"button1\"),\n"
"    m_rb2(\"button2\"),\n"
"    m_rb3(\"button3\")\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group = m_rb1.get_group();\n"
"    m_rb2.set_group(group);\n"
"    m_rb3.set_group(group);\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"    RadioButtons();\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton m_rb1, m_rb2, m_rb3;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
"  : m_rb1(\"button1\"),\n"
"    m_rb2(\"button2\"),\n"
"    m_rb3(\"button3\")\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group = m_rb1.get_group();\n"
"    m_rb2.set_group(group);\n"
"    m_rb3.set_group(group);\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:915(para)
msgid ""
"We told <application>gtkmm</application> to put all three "
"<classname>RadioButton</classname>s in the same group by obtaining the group "
"with <methodname>get_group()</methodname> and using <methodname>set_group()</"
"methodname> to tell the other <classname>RadioButton</classname>s to share "
"that group."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:924(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_rb2.set_group(m_rb1.get_group()); //doesn't work"
msgstr "m_rb2.set_group(m_rb1.get_group()); //no funciona"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:922(para)
msgid ""
"Note that you can't just do <placeholder-1/> because the group is modified "
"by <methodname>set_group()</methodname> and therefore non-const."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:930(para)
msgid ""
"The second way to set up radio buttons is to make a group first, and then "
"add radio buttons to it. Here's an example:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:934(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"    RadioButtons();\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group;\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb1 = Gtk::manage(\n"
"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button1\"));\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb2 = manage(\n"
"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button2\"));\n"
"      Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb3 = manage(\n"
"        new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button3\"));\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"    RadioButtons();\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group;\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb1 = Gtk::manage(\n"
"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"boton1\"));\n"
"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb2 = manage(\n"
"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"boton2\"));\n"
"      Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb3 = manage(\n"
"        new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"boton3\"));\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:951(para)
msgid ""
"We made a new group by simply declaring a variable, <literal>group</"
"literal>, of type <classname>Gtk::RadioButton::Group</classname>. Then we "
"made three radio buttons, using a constructor to make each of them part of "
"<literal>group</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:959(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1441(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4706(title)
msgid "Methods"
msgstr "Métodos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RadioButtons</classname> are \"off\" when created; this means "
"that when you first make a group of them, they will all be off. Don't forget "
"to turn one of them on using <methodname>set_active()</methodname>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:971(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates the use of <classname>RadioButton</"
"classname>s:"
msgstr ""
"El siguiente ejemplo muestra el uso de <classname>RadioButton</classname>:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:993(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1142(title)
msgid "Range Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets de Rango"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:995(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Scale</classname> and <classname>Gtk::Scrollbar</classname> "
"both inherit from <classname>Gtk::Range</classname> and share much "
"functionality. They contain a \"trough\" and a \"slider\" (sometimes called "
"a \"thumbwheel\" in other GUI environments). Dragging the slider with the "
"pointer moves it within the trough, while clicking in the trough advances "
"the slider towards the location of the click, either completely, or by a "
"designated amount, depending on which mouse button is used. This should be "
"familiar scrollbar behaviour."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1006(para)
msgid ""
"As will be explained in the <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment\">Adjustment</"
"link> section, all Range widgets are associated with a "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname> object. To change the lower, upper, and "
"current values used by the widget you need to use the methods of its "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, which you can get with the "
"<methodname>get_adjustment()</methodname> method. The <classname>Range</"
"classname> widgets' default constructors create an <classname>Adjustment</"
"classname> automatically, or you can specify an existing "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, maybe to share it with another widget. "
"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment\">Adjustments</link> section for "
"further details."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1023(title)
msgid "Scrollbar Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets de barras de desplazamiento"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1025(para)
msgid ""
"These are standard scrollbars. They should be used only to scroll another "
"widget, such as, a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname>, or a <classname>Gtk::"
"Viewport</classname>, though it's usually easier to use the <classname>Gtk::"
"ScrolledWindow</classname> widget in most cases."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1032(para)
msgid ""
"There are horizontal and vertical scrollbar classes - <classname>Gtk::"
"HScrollbar</classname> and <classname>Gtk::VScrollbar</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1043(title)
msgid "Scale Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets de Escala"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1045(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Scale</classname> widgets (or \"sliders\") allow the user to "
"visually select and manipulate a value within a specific range. You might "
"use one, for instance, to adjust the magnification level on a zoomed preview "
"of a picture, or to control the brightness of a colour, or to specify the "
"number of minutes of inactivity before a screensaver takes over the screen."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1054(para)
msgid ""
"As with <classname>Scrollbar</classname>s, there are separate widget types "
"for horizontal and vertical widgets - <classname>Gtk::HScale</classname> and "
"<classname>Gtk::VScale</classname>. The default constructors create an "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname> with all of its values set to "
"<literal>0.0</literal>. This isn't useful so you will need to set some "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname> details to get meaningful behaviour."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1064(title)
msgid "Useful methods"
msgstr "Métodos útiles"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1066(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Scale</classname> widgets can display their current value as a "
"number next to the trough. By default they show the value, but you can "
"change this with the <methodname>set_draw_value()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1072(para)
msgid ""
"The value displayed by a scale widget is rounded to one decimal point by "
"default, as is the <literal>value</literal> field in its <classname>Gtk::"
"Adjustment</classname>. You can change this with the <methodname>set_digits()"
"</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1079(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the value can be drawn in different positions relative to the trough, "
"specified by the <methodname>set_value_pos()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1090(title)
msgid "Update Policies"
msgstr "Políticas de Actualización"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1102(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_CONTINUOUS</literal> - This is the default. The "
"<literal>value_changed</literal> signal is emitted continuously, i.e. "
"whenever the slider is moved by even the tiniest amount."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1110(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS</literal> - The <literal>value_changed</"
"literal> signal is only emitted once the slider has stopped moving and the "
"user has released the mouse button."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1118(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_DELAYED</literal> - The <literal>value_changed</"
"literal> signal is emitted when the user releases the mouse button, or if "
"the slider stops moving for a short period of time."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1092(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>update policy</emphasis> of a <classname>Range</classname> "
"widget defines at what points during user interaction it will change the "
"<literal>value</literal> field of its <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> "
"and emit the <literal>value_changed</literal> signal. The update policies, "
"set with the <methodname>set_update_policy()</methodname> method, are: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"This example displays a window with three range widgets all connected to the "
"same adjustment, along with a couple of controls for adjusting some of the "
"parameters mentioned above and in the section on adjustments, so you can see "
"how they affect the way these widgets work for the user."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1155(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets varios"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1158(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1196(title)
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1160(para)
msgid ""
"Labels are the main method of placing non-editable text in windows, for "
"instance to place a title next to a <classname>Entry</classname> widget. You "
"can specify the text in the constructor, or later with the "
"<methodname>set_text()</methodname> or set_markup() methods."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1167(para)
msgid ""
"The width of the label will be adjusted automatically. You can produce multi-"
"line labels by putting line breaks (\"\\n\") in the label string."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1171(para)
msgid ""
"The label text can be justified using the <methodname>set_justify()</"
"methodname> method. The widget is also capable of word-wrapping, which can "
"be activated with <methodname>set_line_wrap()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1177(para)
msgid ""
"Gtk::Label support some simple formatting, for instance allowing you to make "
"some text bold, colored, or larger. You can do this by providing a string to "
"<methodname>set_markup()</methodname>, using the <ulink url=\"http://"
"developer.gnome.org/pango/unstable/PangoMarkupFormat.html\">Pango Markup "
"syntax</ulink>. For instance, <code> &lt;b&gt;bold text&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;"
"s&gt;strikethrough text&lt;/s&gt; </code> ."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1189(para)
msgid ""
"Below is a short example to illustrate these functions. This example makes "
"use of the Frame widget to better demonstrate the label styles. (The Frame "
"widget is explained in the <link linkend=\"sec-frame\">Frame</link> section.)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1209(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1251(title)
msgid "Entry"
msgstr "Entry"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1212(title)
msgid "Simple Use"
msgstr "Uso simple"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1214(para)
msgid ""
"Entry widgets allow the user to enter text. You can change the contents with "
"the <methodname>set_text()</methodname> method, and read the current "
"contents with the <methodname>get_text()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1219(para)
msgid ""
"Occasionally you might want to make an <classname>Entry</classname> widget "
"read-only. This can be done by passing <literal>false</literal> to the "
"<methodname>set_editable()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1225(para)
msgid ""
"For the input of passwords, passphrases and other information you don't want "
"echoed on the screen, calling <methodname>set_visibility()</methodname> with "
"<literal>false</literal> will cause the text to be hidden."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1231(para)
msgid ""
"You might want to be notified whenever the user types in a text entry "
"widget. <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> provides two signals, "
"<literal>activate</literal> and <literal>changed</literal>, for just this "
"purpose. <literal>activate</literal> is emitted when the user presses the "
"enter key in a text-entry widget; <literal>changed</literal> is emitted when "
"the text in the widget changes. You can use these, for instance, to validate "
"or filter the text the user types."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1243(title)
msgid "Simple Entry Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo simple de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1244(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname>. It also has two "
"<classname>CheckButton</classname>s, with which you can toggle the editable "
"and visible flags."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1264(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1298(title)
msgid "Entry Completion"
msgstr "Completado de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1265(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>Entry</classname> widget can offer a drop-down list of pre-"
"existing choices based on the first few characters typed by the user. For "
"instance, a search dialog could suggest text from previous searches."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1270(para)
msgid ""
"To enable this functionality, you must create a <classname>EntryCompletion</"
"classname> object, and provide it to the <classname>Entry</classname> widget "
"via the <methodname>set_completion()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>EntryCompletion</classname> may use a <classname>TreeModel</"
"classname> containing possible entries, specified with <methodname>set_model"
"()</methodname>. You should then call <methodname>set_text_column()</"
"methodname> to specify which of your model columns should be used to match "
"possible text entries."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1281(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if a complete list of possible entries would be too large or "
"too inconvenient to generate, a callback slot may instead be specified with "
"<methodname>set_match_func()</methodname>. That callback function. This is "
"also useful if you wish to match on a part of the string other than the "
"start."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1289(title)
msgid "Entry Completion Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de completado de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1290(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a <classname>Gtk::EntryCompletion</classname> and "
"associates it with a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget. The "
"completion uses a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> of possible entries, "
"and some additional actions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1310(title)
msgid "Entry Icons"
msgstr "Iconos de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1311(para)
msgid ""
"An <classname>Entry</classname> widget can show an icon at the start or end "
"of the text area. The icon can be specifed by methods such as "
"<methodname>set_icon_from_pixbuf()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>set_icon_from_stock()</methodname>. An application can respond "
"to the user pressing the icon by handling the <methodname>signal_icon_press</"
"methodname> signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1318(title)
msgid "Entry Icon Example"
msgstr "Iconos de ejemplo de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget with a stock "
"search icon, and prints text to the terminal when the icon is pressed."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1325(title)
msgid "Entry with Icon"
msgstr "«Entry» con icono"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1337(title)
msgid "Entry Progress"
msgstr "«Entry» de progreso"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1338(para)
msgid ""
"An <classname>Entry</classname> widget can show a progress bar inside the "
"text area, under the entered text. The progress bar will be shown if the "
"<methodname>set_progress_fraction()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>set_progress_pulse_step()</methodname> methods are called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1343(title)
msgid "Entry Progress Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de «Entry» de progreso"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1344(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget with a "
"progress bar."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1350(title)
msgid "Entry with Progress Bar"
msgstr "«Entry» con barra de progreso"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1364(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1498(title)
msgid "SpinButton"
msgstr "SpinButton"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1366(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>SpinButton</classname> allows the user to select a value from a "
"range of numeric values. It has an Entry widget with up and down arrow "
"buttons at the side. Clicking the buttons causes the value to 'spin' up and "
"down across the range of possible values. The <classname>Entry</classname> "
"widget may also be used to enter a value directly."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1374(para)
msgid ""
"The value can have an adjustable number of decimal places, and the step size "
"is configurable. <classname>SpinButton</classname>s have an 'auto-repeat' "
"feature as well: holding down one of the arrows can optionally cause the "
"value to change more quickly the longer the arrow is held down."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1389(para)
msgid "<literal>value</literal>: value for the Spin Button"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1395(para)
msgid "<literal>lower</literal>: lower range value"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1401(para)
msgid "<literal>upper</literal>: upper range value"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1406(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>step_increment</literal>: value to increment/decrement when "
"pressing mouse button 1 on a button"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1413(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>page_increment</literal>: value to increment/decrement when "
"pressing mouse button 2 on a button"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1420(para)
msgid "<literal>page_size</literal>: unused"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1381(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>SpinButton</classname>s use an <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment"
"\">Adjustment</link> object to hold information about the range of values. "
"These Adjustment attributes are used by the Spin Button like so: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1428(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, mouse button 3 can be used to jump directly to the "
"<literal>upper</literal> or <literal>lower</literal> values."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1433(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>SpinButton</classname> can create a default "
"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, which you can access via the "
"<methodname>get_adjustment()</methodname> method, or you can specify an "
"existing <classname>Adjustment</classname> in the constructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1443(para)
msgid ""
"The number of decimal places can be altered using the <methodname>set_digits"
"()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"You can set the spinbutton's value using the <methodname>set_value()</"
"methodname> method, and retrieve it with <methodname>get_value()</"
"methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1453(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>spin()</methodname> method 'spins' the "
"<classname>SpinButton</classname>, as if one of its arrows had been clicked. "
"You need to specify a <classname>Gtk::SpinType</classname> to specify the "
"direction or new position."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1460(para)
msgid ""
"To prevent the user from typing non-numeric characters into the entry box, "
"pass <literal>true</literal> to the <methodname>set_numeric()</methodname> "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1465(para)
msgid ""
"To make the <classname>SpinButton</classname> 'wrap' between its upper and "
"lower bounds, use the <methodname>set_wrap()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1470(para)
msgid ""
"To force it to snap to the nearest <literal>step_increment</literal>, use "
"<methodname>set_snap_to_ticks()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1475(para)
msgid ""
"You can modify the update policy using the <methodname>set_update_policy()</"
"methodname> method, specifying either <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_ALWAYS</literal> "
"or <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_IF_VALID</literal>. <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_ALWAYS</"
"literal> causes the <classname>SpinButton</classname> to ignore errors "
"encountered while converting the text in the entry box to a numeric value. "
"This setting also therefore allows the <classname>SpinButton</classname> to "
"accept non-numeric values. You can force an immediate update using the "
"<methodname>update()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1493(para)
msgid "Here's an example of a <classname>SpinButton</classname> in action:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1511(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1564(title)
msgid "ProgressBar"
msgstr "ProgressBar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1513(para)
msgid ""
"Progress bars are used to show the status of an ongoing operation. For "
"instance, a <classname>ProgressBar</classname> can show how much of a task "
"has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1519(para)
msgid ""
"To change the value shown, use the <methodname>set_fraction()</methodname> "
"method, passing a double between 0 and 1 to provide the new percentage."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1524(para)
msgid ""
"where <literal>percentage</literal> is a number, from 0 to 1, indicating "
"what fraction of the bar should be filled."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1529(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>ProgressBar</classname>is horizontal and left-to-right by "
"default, but you can change it to a vertical progress bar by using the "
"<methodname>set_orientation()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1538(title)
msgid "Activity Mode"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1539(para)
msgid ""
"Besides indicating the amount of progress that has occured, the progress bar "
"can also be used to indicate that there is some activity; this is done by "
"placing the progress bar in <emphasis>activity mode</emphasis>. In this "
"mode, the progress bar displays a small rectangle which moves back and "
"forth. Activity mode is useful in situations where the progress of an "
"operation cannot be calculated as a value range (e.g., receiving a file of "
"unknown length)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1549(para)
msgid ""
"To do this, you need to call the <methodname>pulse()</methodname> method at "
"regular intervals. You can also choose the step size, with the "
"<methodname>set_pulse_step()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1555(para)
msgid ""
"When in continuous mode, the progress bar can also display a configurable "
"text string within its trough, using the <methodname>set_text()</methodname> "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1578(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1588(title)
msgid "InfoBar"
msgstr "InfoBar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1580(para)
msgid ""
"An <classname>InfoBar</classname> may show small items of information or to "
"ask brief questions. Unlike a <classname>Dialog</classname>, it appears at "
"the top of the current window instead of opening a new window. Its API is "
"very similar to the <link linkend=\"chapter-dialogs\">Gtk::Dialog</link> API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1601(title)
msgid "Tooltips"
msgstr "Consejos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1603(para)
msgid ""
"Tooltips are the little information windows that pop up when you leave your "
"pointer over a widget for a few seconds. Use <methodname>set_tooltip_text()</"
"methodname> to set a text string as a tooltip on any <classname>Widget</"
"classname>. <classname>Gtk::ToolItem</classname>s are not <classname>Widget</"
"classname>s, but have the same method for convenience. <classname>Gtk::"
"Tooltip</classname> is used for more advanced tooltip usage, such as showing "
"an image as well as text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1613(ulink)
msgid "Widget Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de widgets"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1614(ulink)
msgid "Tooltip Reference"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1619(title)
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Consejo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1634(title)
msgid "Container Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets contenedores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1636(para)
msgid ""
"All container widgets derive from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, not "
"always directly. Some container widgets, such as <classname>Gtk::Table</"
"classname> can hold many child widgets, so these typically have more complex "
"interfaces. Others, such as <classname>Gtk::Frame</classname> contain only "
"one child widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1645(title)
msgid "Single-item Containers"
msgstr "Contenedor de un sólo elemento"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1647(para)
msgid ""
"The single-item container widgets derive from <classname>Gtk::Bin</"
"classname>, which provides the <methodname>add()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>remove()</methodname> methods for the child widget. Note that "
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> and <classname>Gtk::Window</classname> "
"are technically single-item containers, but we have discussed them already "
"elsewhere."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1655(para)
msgid ""
"We also discuss the <classname>Gtk::Paned</classname> widget, which allows "
"you to divide a window into two separate \"panes\". This widget actually "
"contains two child widgets, but the number is fixed so it seems appropriate."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1662(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1676(title)
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "Marco"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1664(para)
msgid ""
"Frames can enclose one or a group of widgets within a box, optionally with a "
"title. For instance, you might place a group of <classname>RadioButton</"
"classname>s or <classname>CheckButton</classname>s in a <classname>Frame</"
"classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1690(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1717(title)
msgid "Paned"
msgstr "Con paneles"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1692(para)
msgid ""
"Panes divide a widget into two halves, separated by a moveable divider. "
"There are two such widgets: <classname>Gtk::HPaned</classname> adds a "
"horizontal divider, and <classname>Gtk::VPaned</classname> adds a vertical "
"one. Other than the names and the orientations, there's no difference "
"between the two."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"Unlike the other widgets in this chapter, pane widgets contain not one but "
"two child widgets, one in each pane. Therefore, you should use "
"<methodname>add1()</methodname> and <methodname>add2()</methodname> instead "
"of the <methodname>add()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1706(para)
msgid ""
"You can adjust the position of the divider using the <methodname>set_position"
"()</methodname> method, and you will probably need to do so."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1730(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1762(title)
msgid "ScrolledWindow"
msgstr "ScrolledWindow"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1732(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> widgets create a scrollable area. You "
"can insert any type of widget into a <classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> "
"window, and it will be accessible regardless of its size by using the "
"scrollbars. Note that <classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> is not a "
"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname> despite the slightly misleading name."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1741(para)
msgid ""
"Scrolled windows have <emphasis>scrollbar policies</emphasis> which "
"determine whether the <classname>Scrollbar</classname>s will be displayed. "
"The policies can be set with the <methodname>set_policy()</methodname> "
"method. The policy may be one of <literal>Gtk::POLICY_AUTOMATIC</literal> or "
"<literal>Gtk::POLICY_ALWAYS</literal>. <literal>Gtk::POLICY_AUTOMATIC</"
"literal> will cause the scrolled window to display the scrollbar only if the "
"contained widget is larger than the visible area. <literal>Gtk::"
"POLICY_ALWAYS</literal> will cause the scrollbar to be displayed always."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1757(para)
msgid ""
"Here is a simple example that packs 100 toggle buttons into a "
"ScrolledWindow. Try resizing the window to see the scrollbars react."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1775(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1797(title)
msgid "AspectFrame"
msgstr "AspectFrame"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1777(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>AspectFrame</classname> widget looks like a <classname>Frame</"
"classname> widget, but it also enforces the <emphasis>aspect ratio</"
"emphasis> (the ratio of the width to the height) of the child widget, adding "
"extra space if necessary. For instance, this would allow you to display a "
"photograph without allowing the user to distort it horizontally or "
"vertically while resizing."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1790(para)
msgid ""
"The following program uses a <classname>Gtk::AspectFrame</classname> to "
"present a drawing area whose aspect ratio will always be 2:1, no matter how "
"the user resizes the top-level window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1810(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1836(title)
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignment"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1812(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>Alignment</classname> widget allows you to place a widget at "
"a position and size relative to the size of the <classname>Alignment</"
"classname> widget itself. For instance, it might be used to center a widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1818(para)
msgid ""
"You need to specify the <classname>Alignment</classname>'s characteristics "
"to the constructor, or to the <methodname>set()</methodname> method. In "
"particular, you won't notice much effect unless you specify a number other "
"than 1.0 for the <literal>xscale</literal> and <literal>yscale</literal> "
"parameters, because 1.0 simply means that the child widget will expand to "
"fill all available space."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1830(para)
msgid ""
"This example right-aligns a button in a window by using an "
"<classname>Alignment</classname> widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1844(para)
msgid ""
"See the <link linkend=\"sec-progressbar\">ProgressBar</link> section for "
"another example that uses an <classname>Alignment</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1856(title)
msgid "Multiple-item widgets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1858(para)
msgid ""
"Multiple-item widgets inherit from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>; "
"just as with <classname>Gtk::Bin</classname>, you use the <methodname>add()</"
"methodname> and <methodname>remove()</methodname> methods to add and remove "
"contained widgets. Unlike <methodname>Gtk::Bin::remove()</methodname>, "
"however, the <methodname>remove()</methodname> method for <classname>Gtk::"
"Container</classname> takes an argument, specifiying which widget to remove."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1868(title)
msgid "Packing"
msgstr "Empaquetado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1869(para)
msgid ""
"You've probably noticed that <application>gtkmm</application> windows seem "
"\"elastic\" - they can usually be stretched in many different ways. This is "
"due to the <emphasis>widget packing</emphasis> system."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1874(para)
msgid ""
"Many GUI toolkits require you to precisely place widgets in a window, using "
"absolute positioning, often using a visual editor. This leads to several "
"problems:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1881(para)
msgid ""
"The widgets don't rearrange themselves when the window is resized. Some "
"widgets are hidden when the window is made smaller, and lots of useless "
"space appears when the window is made larger."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1885(para)
msgid ""
"It's impossible to predict the amount of space necessary for text after it "
"has been translated to other languages, or displayed in a different font. On "
"Unix it is also impossible to anticipate the effects of every theme and "
"window manager."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1889(para)
msgid ""
"Changing the layout of a window \"on the fly\", to make some extra widgets "
"appear, for instance, is complex. It requires tedious recalculation of every "
"widget's position."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1895(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the packing system to solve these "
"problems. Rather than specifying the position and size of each widget in the "
"window, you can arrange your widgets in rows, columns, and/or tables. "
"<application>gtkmm</application> can size your window automatically, based "
"on the sizes of the widgets it contains. And the sizes of the widgets are, "
"in turn, determined by the amount of text they contain, or the minimum and "
"maximum sizes that you specify, and/or how you have requested that the "
"available space should be shared between sets of widgets. You can perfect "
"your layout by specifying padding distance and centering values for each of "
"your widgets. <application>gtkmm</application> then uses all this "
"information to resize and reposition everything sensibly and smoothly when "
"the user manipulates the window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1904(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> arranges widgets hierarchically, using "
"<emphasis>containers</emphasis>. A Container widget contains other widgets. "
"Most <application>gtkmm</application> widgets are containers. Windows, "
"Notebook tabs, and Buttons are all container widgets. There are two flavours "
"of containers: single-child containers, which are all descendants of "
"<classname>Gtk::Bin</classname>, and multiple-child containers, which are "
"descendants of <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>. Most widgets in "
"<application>gtkmm</application> are descendants of <classname>Gtk::Bin</"
"classname>, including <classname>Gtk::Window</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1915(para)
msgid ""
"Yes, that's correct: a Window can contain at most one widget. How, then, can "
"we use a window for anything useful? By placing a multiple-child container "
"in the window. The most useful container widgets are <classname>Gtk:Grid</"
"classname>, <classname>Gtk:VBox</classname>, <classname>Gtk::HBox</"
"classname>, and <classname>Gtk::Table</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1927(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Grid</classname> arranges its child widgets in rows and "
"columns. Use <methodname>attach()</methodname>, <methodname>attach_next_to()"
"</methodname> and <methodname>add()</methodname> to insert child widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1936(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname> and <classname>Gtk::HBox</classname> "
"arrange their child widgets vertically and horizontally, respectively. Use "
"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> and <methodname>pack_end()</"
"methodname> to insert child widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1945(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Table</classname> arranges its widgets in a grid. Use "
"<methodname>attach()</methodname> to insert widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1953(para)
msgid "There are several other containers, which we will also discuss."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1957(para)
msgid ""
"If you've never used a packing toolkit before, it can take some getting used "
"to. You'll probably find, however, that you don't need to rely on visual "
"form editors quite as much as you might with other toolkits."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1967(title)
msgid "An improved Hello World"
msgstr "Un «Hola mundo» mejorado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1969(para)
msgid ""
"Let's take a look at a slightly improved <literal>helloworld</literal>, "
"showing what we've learnt."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1974(title)
msgid "Hello World 2"
msgstr "Hola mundo 2"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1982(para)
msgid ""
"After building and running this program, try resizing the window to see the "
"behaviour. Also, try playing with the options to <methodname>pack_start()</"
"methodname> while reading the <link linkend=\"sec-boxes\">Boxes</link> "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1992(title)
msgid "Boxes"
msgstr "Cajas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1994(para)
msgid ""
"Most packing uses boxes as in the above example. These are invisible "
"containers into which we can pack our widgets. When packing widgets into a "
"horizontal box, the objects are inserted horizontally from left to right or "
"right to left depending on whether <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>pack_end()</methodname> is used. In a vertical box, widgets are "
"packed from top to bottom or vice versa. You may use any combination of "
"boxes inside or beside other boxes to create the desired effect."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2005(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2239(title)
msgid "Adding widgets"
msgstr "Añadir widgets"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2006(title)
msgid "Per-child packing options"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2007(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> and <methodname>pack_end()</"
"methodname> methods place widgets inside these containers. The "
"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method will start at the top and work "
"its way down in a <classname>VBox</classname>, or pack left to right in an "
"<classname>HBox</classname>. <methodname>pack_end()</methodname> will do the "
"opposite, packing from bottom to top in a <classname>VBox</classname>, or "
"right to left in an <classname>HBox</classname>. Using these methods allows "
"us to right justify or left justify our widgets. We will use "
"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> in most of our examples."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2020(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options governing how widgets are to be packed, and this "
"can be confusing at first. If you have difficulties then it is sometimes a "
"good idea to play with the <application>glade</application> GUI designer to "
"see what is possible. You might even decide to use the <application>Gtk::"
"Builder</application> API to load your GUI at runtime."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2028(para)
msgid "There are basically five different styles, as shown in this picture:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2034(title)
msgid "Box Packing 1"
msgstr "Caja de empaquetado 1"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2040(para)
msgid ""
"Each line contains one horizontal box (<classname>HBox</classname>) with "
"several buttons. Each of the buttons on a line is packed into the "
"<classname>HBox</classname> with the same arguments to the "
"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2047(para)
msgid ""
"This is the declaration of the <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2050(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void pack_start(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
"                PackOptions options = PACK_EXPAND_WIDGET,\n"
"                guint padding = 0);"
msgstr ""
"void pack_start(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
"                PackOptions options = PACK_EXPAND_WIDGET,\n"
"                guint padding = 0);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2054(para)
msgid ""
"The first argument is the widget you're packing. In our example these are "
"all <classname>Button</classname>s."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2061(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>PACK_SHRINK</literal>: Space is contracted to the child widget "
"size. The widget will take up just-enough space and never expand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2062(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>PACK_EXPAND_PADDING</literal>: Extra space is filled with padding. "
"The widgets will be spaced out evenly, but their sizes won't change - there "
"will be empty space between the widgets instead."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2063(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>PACK_EXPAND_WIDGET</literal>: Extra space is taken up by increasing "
"the child widget size, without changing the amount of space between widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2058(para)
msgid ""
"The <parameter>options</parameter> argument can take one of these three "
"options: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2067(para)
msgid ""
"The <parameter>padding</parameter> argument specifies the width of an extra "
"border area to leave around the packed widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2076(title)
msgid "Per-container packing options"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2079(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Box(bool homogeneous = false, int spacing = 0);"
msgstr "Gtk::Box(bool homogeneous = false, int spacing = 0);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2077(para)
msgid ""
"Here's the constructor for the box widgets: <placeholder-1/> Passing "
"<literal>true</literal> for <parameter>homogeneous</parameter> will cause "
"all of the contained widgets to be the same size. <parameter>spacing</"
"parameter> is a (minimum) number of pixels to leave between each widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2086(para)
msgid ""
"What's the difference between spacing (set when the box is created) and "
"padding (set when elements are packed)? Spacing is added between objects, "
"and padding is added on either side of a widget. The following figure should "
"make it clearer:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2094(title)
msgid "Box Packing 2"
msgstr "Caja de empaquetado 2"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2105(para)
msgid ""
"Here is the source code for the example that produced the screenshots above. "
"When you run this example, provide a number between 1 and 3 as a command-"
"line option, to see different packing options in use."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2114(title)
msgid "ButtonBoxes"
msgstr "Cajas de Botones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2116(para)
msgid ""
"Button boxes are a convenient way to quickly arrange a group of buttons. "
"They come in both horizontal (<classname>Gtk::HButtonBox</classname>) and "
"vertical (<classname>Gtk::VButtonBox</classname>) flavours. They are exactly "
"alike, except in name and orientation."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2123(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>ButtonBox</classname>es help to make applications appear "
"consistent because they use standard settings, such as inter-button spacing "
"and packing."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2128(para)
msgid ""
"Buttons are added to a <classname>ButtonBox</classname> with the "
"<methodname>add()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2133(para)
msgid ""
"Button boxes support several layout styles. The style can be retrieved and "
"changed using <methodname>get_layout()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>set_layout()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2145(title)
msgid "ButtonBox"
msgstr "ButtonBox"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2158(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2187(title)
msgid "Grid"
msgstr "Grid"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2160(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>Grid</classname> dynamically lays out child widgets in rows and "
"columns. The dimensions of the grid do not need to be specified in the "
"constructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2165(para)
msgid ""
"Child widgets can span multiple rows or columns, using <methodname>attach()</"
"methodname>, or added next to an existing widget inside the grid with "
"<methodname>attach_next_to()</methodname>. Individual rows and columns of "
"the grid can be set to have uniform height or width with "
"<methodname>set_row_homogeneous()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>set_column_homogeneous()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2172(para)
msgid ""
"You can set the <emphasis>margin</emphasis> and <emphasis>expand</emphasis> "
"properties of the child <classname>Widget</classname>s to control their "
"spacing and their behaviour when the Grid is resized."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2179(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a window with three buttons in a grid. The first two "
"buttons are in the upper row, from left to right. A third button is attached "
"underneath the first button, in a new lower row, spanning two columns."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2200(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2346(title)
msgid "Table"
msgstr "Tabla"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2202(para)
msgid ""
"Tables allows us to place widgets in a grid, similar to <classname>Gtk::"
"Grid</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2206(title)
msgid "Constructor"
msgstr "Constructor"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2207(para)
msgid "The grid's dimensions need to be specified in the constructor:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2210(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::Table(int rows = 1, int columns = 1, bool homogeneous = false);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2212(para)
msgid ""
"The first argument is the number of rows to make in the table, while the "
"second, obviously, is the number of columns. If <parameter>homogeneous</"
"parameter> is <literal>true</literal>, the table cells will all be the same "
"size (the size of the largest widget in the table)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2219(para)
msgid ""
"The rows and columns are indexed starting at 0. If you specify "
"<parameter>rows</parameter> = 2 and <parameter>columns</parameter> = 2, the "
"layout would look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2225(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" 0          1          2\n"
"0+----------+----------+\n"
" |          |          |\n"
"1+----------+----------+\n"
" |          |          |\n"
"2+----------+----------+\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" 0          1          2\n"
"0+----------+----------+\n"
" |          |          |\n"
"1+----------+----------+\n"
" |          |          |\n"
"2+----------+----------+\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2234(para)
msgid "Note that the coordinate system starts in the upper left hand corner."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2240(para)
msgid "To place a widget into a box, use the following method:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2243(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void Gtk::Table::attach(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
"                        guint left_attach, guint right_attach,\n"
"                        guint top_attach, guint bottom_attach,\n"
"                        guint xoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
"                        guint yoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
"                        guint xpadding = 0, guint ypadding = 0);"
msgstr ""
"void Gtk::Table::attach(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
"                        guint left_attach, guint right_attach,\n"
"                        guint top_attach, guint bottom_attach,\n"
"                        guint xoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
"                        guint yoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
"                        guint xpadding = 0, guint ypadding = 0);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2249(para)
msgid "The first argument is the widget you wish to place in the table."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2253(para)
msgid ""
"The <parameter>left_attach</parameter> and <parameter>right_attach</"
"parameter> arguments specify where to place the widget, and how many boxes "
"to use. For example, if you want a button in the lower-right cell of a 2 x 2 "
"table, and want it to occupy that cell <emphasis>only</emphasis>, then "
"<parameter>left_attach</parameter> would be 1, <parameter>right_attach</"
"parameter> 2, <parameter>top_attach</parameter> 1, and "
"<parameter>bottom_attach</parameter> 2. If, on the other hand, you wanted a "
"widget to take up the entire top row of our 2 x 2 table, you'd set "
"<parameter>left_attach</parameter> = 0, <parameter>right_attach</parameter> "
"= 2, <parameter>top_attach</parameter> = 0, and <parameter>bottom_attach</"
"parameter> = 1."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2269(para)
msgid ""
"<parameter>xoptions</parameter> and <parameter>yoptions</parameter> are used "
"to specify packing options and may be bitwise ORed together to allow "
"multiple options. These options are:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2279(literal)
msgid "Gtk::FILL"
msgstr "Gtk::FILL"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2281(para)
msgid ""
"If the table box is larger than the widget, and <literal>Gtk::FILL</literal> "
"is specified, the widget will expand to use all the room available."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2289(literal)
msgid "Gtk::SHRINK"
msgstr "Gtk::SHRINK"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2291(para)
msgid ""
"If the table widget is allocated less space than it requested (because the "
"user resized the window), then the widgets will normally just disappear off "
"the bottom of the window. If <literal>Gtk::SHRINK</literal> is specified, "
"the widgets will shrink with the table."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2302(literal)
msgid "Gtk::EXPAND"
msgstr "Gtk::EXPAND"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2304(para)
msgid ""
"This will cause the table to expand to use up anyremaining space in the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2312(para)
msgid ""
"The padding arguments work just as they do for <methodname>pack_start()</"
"methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2318(title)
msgid "Other methods"
msgstr "Otros métodos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2320(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>set_row_spacing()</methodname> and <methodname>set_col_spacing()"
"</methodname> set the spacing between the rows at the specified row or "
"column. Note that for columns, the space goes to the right of the column, "
"and for rows, the space goes below the row."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2327(para)
msgid ""
"You can also set a consistent spacing for all rows and/or columns with "
"<methodname>set_row_spacings()</methodname> and <methodname>set_col_spacings"
"()</methodname>. Note that with these calls, the last row and last column do "
"not get any spacing."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2339(para)
msgid ""
"In the following example, we make a window with three buttons in a 2 x 2 "
"table. The first two buttons will be placed in the upper row. A third button "
"is placed in the lower row, spanning both columns."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2359(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2394(title)
msgid "Notebook"
msgstr "Cuaderno"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2361(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>Notebook</classname> has a set of stacked <literal>pages</"
"literal>, each of which contains widgets. Labelled <literal>tabs</literal> "
"allow the user to select the pages. <classname>Notebook</classname>s allow "
"several sets of widgets to be placed in a small space, by only showing one "
"page at a time. For instance, they are often used in preferences dialogs."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2370(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <methodname>append_page()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend_page()</"
"methodname> and <methodname>insert_page()</methodname> methods to add tabbed "
"pages to the <literal>Notebook</literal>, supplying the child widget and the "
"name for the tab."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2377(para)
msgid ""
"To discover the currently visible page, use the <methodname>get_current_page"
"()</methodname> method. This returns the page number, and then calling "
"<methodname>get_nth_page()</methodname> with that number will give you a "
"pointer to the actual child widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2384(para)
msgid ""
"To programmatically change the selected page, use the "
"<methodname>set_current_page()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2407(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2434(title)
msgid "Assistant"
msgstr "Asistente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2409(para)
msgid ""
"An <classname>Assistant</classname> splits a complex operation into steps. "
"Each step is a page, containing a header, a child widget and an action area. "
"The Assistant's action area has navigation buttons which update "
"automatically depending on the type of the page, set with "
"<methodname>set_page_type()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2413(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <methodname>append_page()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend_page</"
"methodname> and <methodname>insert_page()</methodname> methods to add pages "
"to the <classname>Assistant</classname>, supplying the child widget for each "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2417(para)
msgid ""
"To determine the currently-visible page, use the <methodname>get_current_page"
"()</methodname> method, and pass the result to <methodname>get_nth_page()</"
"methodname>, which returns a pointer to the actual widget. To "
"programmatically change the current page, use the "
"<methodname>set_current_page()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2421(para)
msgid ""
"To set the title of a page, use the <methodname>set_page_title()</"
"methodname> method. The header and side images of a page can be set with the "
"<methodname>set_page_header_image()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>set_page_side_image()</methodname> methods."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2425(para)
msgid ""
"To add widgets to the action area, use the <methodname>add_action_widget()</"
"methodname> method. They will be packed alongside the default buttons. Use "
"the <methodname>remove_action_widget()</methodname> method to remove widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2452(title)
msgid "The TreeView widget"
msgstr "El widget TreeView"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2453(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> widget can contain lists or trees "
"of data, in columns."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2459(title)
msgid "The Model"
msgstr "El modelo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2460(para)
msgid ""
"Each <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> has an associated <classname>Gtk::"
"TreeModel</classname>, which contains the data displayed by the "
"<classname>TreeView</classname>. Each <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> "
"can be used by more than one <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>. For "
"instance, this allows the same underlying data to be displayed and edited in "
"2 different ways at the same time. Or the 2 Views might display different "
"columns from the same Model data, in the same way that 2 SQL queries (or "
"\"views\") might show different fields from the same database table."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2470(para)
msgid ""
"Although you can theoretically implement your own Model, you will normally "
"use either the <classname>ListStore</classname> or <classname>TreeStore</"
"classname> model classes."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2479(title)
msgid "ListStore, for rows"
msgstr "ListStore, para filas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2480(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>ListStore</classname> contains simple rows of data, and each "
"row has no children."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2486(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3030(title)
msgid "TreeView - ListStore"
msgstr "TreeView - ListStore"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2497(title)
msgid "TreeStore, for a hierarchy"
msgstr "TreeStore, para una jerarquía"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2498(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>TreeStore</classname> contains rows of data, and each row may "
"have child rows."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2504(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3049(title)
msgid "TreeView - TreeStore"
msgstr "TreeView - TreeStore"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2515(title)
msgid "Model Columns"
msgstr "Columnas del modelo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2516(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>TreeModelColumnRecord</classname> class is used to keep track "
"of the columns and their data types. You add <classname>TreeModelColumn</"
"classname> instances to the <classname>ColumnRecord</classname> and then use "
"those <classname>TreeModelColumns</classname> when getting and setting the "
"data in model rows. You will probably find it convenient to derive a new "
"<classname>TreeModelColumnRecord</classname> which has your "
"<classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> instances as member data."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2527(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"class ModelColumns : public Gtk::TreeModelColumnRecord\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"\n"
"  ModelColumns()\n"
"    { add(m_col_text); add(m_col_number); }\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_text;\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_number;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"ModelColumns m_Columns;"
msgstr ""
"class ModelColumns : public Gtk::TreeModelColumnRecord\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"\n"
"  ModelColumns()\n"
"    { add(m_col_text); add(m_col_number); }\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_text;\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_number;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"ModelColumns m_Columns;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2540(para)
msgid ""
"You specify the <classname>ColumnRecord</classname> when creating the Model, "
"like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2544(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::ListStore&gt; refListStore =\n"
"    Gtk::ListStore::create(m_Columns);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::ListStore&gt; refListStore =\n"
"    Gtk::ListStore::create(m_Columns);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2546(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the instance (such as m_Columns here) should usually not be "
"static, because it often needs to be instantiated after glibmm has been "
"instantiated."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2551(title)
msgid "Adding Rows"
msgstr "Añadir filas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2552(para)
msgid ""
"Add rows to the model with the <methodname>append()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>prepend()</methodname>, or <methodname>insert()</methodname> "
"methods."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2556(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refListStore-&gt;append();"
msgstr "Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refListStore-&gt;append();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2557(para)
msgid "You can dereference the iterator to get the Row:"
msgstr "Puede eliminar la referencia al iterador para obtener la fila:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2559(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;"
msgstr "Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2560(title)
msgid "Adding child rows"
msgstr "Añadiendo filas secundarias"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2561(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname> models can have child items. Add them "
"with the <methodname>append()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend()</"
"methodname>, or <methodname>insert()</methodname> methods, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2566(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter_child =\n"
"    m_refListStore-&gt;append(row.children());"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter_child =\n"
"    m_refListStore-&gt;append(row.children());"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2573(title)
msgid "Setting values"
msgstr "Configurar los valores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2574(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <methodname>operator[]</methodname> override to set the data "
"for a particular column in the row, specifying the "
"<classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> used to create the model."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2579(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "row[m_Columns.m_col_text] = \"sometext\";"
msgstr "row[m_Columns.m_col_text] = \"texto\";"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2583(title)
msgid "Getting values"
msgstr "Obtener los valores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2584(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <methodname>operator[]</methodname> override to get the data "
"in a particular column in a row, specifiying the <classname>TreeModelColumn</"
"classname> used to create the model."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2589(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::ustring strText = row[m_Columns.m_col_text];\n"
"int number = row[m_Columns.m_col_number];"
msgstr ""
"Glib::ustring strText = row[m_Columns.m_col_text];\n"
"int number = row[m_Columns.m_col_number];"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2591(para)
msgid ""
"The compiler will complain if you use an inappropriate type. For instance, "
"this would generate a compiler error:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2595(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"//compiler error - no conversion from ustring to int.\n"
"int number = row[m_Columns.m_col_text];"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2600(title)
msgid "\"Hidden\" Columns"
msgstr "Columnas «ocultas»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2601(para)
msgid ""
"You might want to associate extra data with each row. If so, just add it as "
"a Model column, but don't add it to the View."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2610(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3404(title)
msgid "The View"
msgstr "La vista"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2611(para)
msgid ""
"The View is the actual widget (<classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>) that "
"displays the model (<classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname>) data and allows "
"the user to interact with it. The View can show all of the model's columns, "
"or just some, and it can show them in various ways."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2621(title)
msgid "Using a Model"
msgstr "Usar un modelo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2622(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> when constructing "
"the <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>, or you can use the "
"<methodname>set_model()</methodname> method, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2627(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_TreeView.set_model(m_refListStore);"
msgstr "m_TreeView.set_model(m_refListStore);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2631(title)
msgid "Adding View Columns"
msgstr "Añadir columnas a la vista"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2632(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <methodname>append_column()</methodname> method to tell the "
"View that it should display certain Model columns, in a certain order, with "
"a certain column title."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2637(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_TreeView.append_column(\"Messages\", m_Columns.m_col_text);"
msgstr "m_TreeView.append_column(\"Messages\", m_Columns.m_col_text);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2638(para)
msgid ""
"When using this simple <methodname>append_column()</methodname> override, "
"the <classname>TreeView</classname> will display the model data with an "
"appropriate <classname>CellRenderer</classname>. For instance, strings and "
"numbers are shown in a simple <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget, and "
"booleans are shown in a <classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname>. This is "
"usually what you need. For other column types you must either connect a "
"callback that converts your type into a string representation, with "
"<methodname>TreeViewColumn::set_cell_data_func()</methodname>, or derive a "
"custom <classname>CellRenderer</classname>. Note that (unsigned) short is "
"not supported by default - You could use (unsigned) int or (unsigned) long "
"as the column type instead."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2654(title)
msgid "More than one Model Column per View Column"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2655(para)
msgid ""
"To render more than one model column in a view column, you need to create "
"the <classname>TreeView::Column</classname> widget manually, and use "
"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> to add the model columns to it."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2661(para)
msgid ""
"Then use <methodname>append_column()</methodname> to add the view Column to "
"the View. Notice that <methodname>Gtk::View::append_column()</methodname> is "
"overridden to accept either a prebuilt <classname>Gtk::View::Column</"
"classname> widget, or just the <classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> from "
"which it generates an appropriate <classname>Gtk::View::Column</classname> "
"widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2668(para)
msgid ""
"Here is some example code from <filename>demos/gtk-demo/example_stockbrowser."
"cc</filename>, which has a pixbuf icon and a text name in the same column:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2673(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::TreeView::Column(\"Symbol\") );\n"
"\n"
"// m_columns.icon and m_columns.symbol are columns in the model.\n"
"// pColumn is the column in the TreeView:\n"
"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.icon, false); //false = don't expand.\n"
"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.symbol);\n"
"\n"
"m_TreeView.append_column(*pColumn);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::TreeView::Column(\"Symbol\") );\n"
"\n"
"// m_columns.icon y m_columns.symbol son columnas en el modelo.\n"
"// pColumn ies la columna en el TreeView:\n"
"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.icon, false); //false = don't expand.\n"
"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.symbol);\n"
"\n"
"m_TreeView.append_column(*pColumn);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2685(title)
msgid "Specifying CellRenderer details"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2686(para)
msgid ""
"The default <classname>CellRenderers</classname> and their default behaviour "
"will normally suffice, but you might occasionally need finer control. For "
"instance, this example code from <filename>demos/gtk-demo/example_treestore."
"cc</filename>, manually constructs a <classname>Gtk::CellRenderer</"
"classname> widget and instructs it to render the data from various model "
"columns through various aspects of its appearance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2694(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
"int cols_count = m_TreeView.append_column(\"Alex\", *pRenderer);\n"
"Gtk::TreeViewColumn* pColumn = m_TreeView.get_column(cols_count-1);\n"
"if(pColumn)\n"
"{\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_active(),\n"
"      m_columns.alex);\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_visible(),\n"
"      m_columns.visible);\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_activatable(),\n"
"      m_columns.world);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
"int cols_count = m_TreeView.append_column(\"Alex\", *pRenderer);\n"
"Gtk::TreeViewColumn* pColumn = m_TreeView.get_column(cols_count-1);\n"
"if(pColumn)\n"
"{\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_active(),\n"
"      m_columns.alex);\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_visible(),\n"
"      m_columns.visible);\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_activatable(),\n"
"      m_columns.world);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2707(para)
msgid ""
"You can also connect to <classname>CellRenderer</classname> signals to "
"detect user actions. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2711(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
"pRenderer-&gt;signal_toggled().connect(\n"
"    sigc::bind( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"        &amp;Example_TreeView_TreeStore::on_cell_toggled), m_columns.dave)\n"
");"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
"pRenderer-&gt;signal_toggled().connect(\n"
"    sigc::bind( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"        &amp;Example_TreeView_TreeStore::on_cell_toggled), m_columns.dave)\n"
");"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2720(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3059(title)
msgid "Editable Cells"
msgstr "Celdas editables"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2723(title)
msgid "Automatically-stored editable cells."
msgstr "Celdas editables guardadas automáticamente."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2724(para)
msgid ""
"Cells in a <classname>TreeView</classname> can be edited in-place by the "
"user. To allow this, use the <classname>Gtk::TreeView</"
"classname><methodname>insert_column_editable()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>append_column_editable()</methodname> methods instead of "
"<methodname>insert_column()</methodname> and <methodname>append_column()</"
"methodname>. When these cells are edited the new values will be stored "
"immediately in the Model. Note that these methods are templates which can "
"only be instantiated for simple column types such as <classname>Glib::"
"ustring</classname>, int, and long."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2738(title)
msgid "Implementing custom logic for editable cells."
msgstr "Implementación de la lógica personalizada para celdas editables."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2739(para)
msgid ""
"However, you might not want the new values to be stored immediately. For "
"instance, maybe you want to restrict the input to certain characters or "
"ranges of values."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2744(para)
msgid ""
"To achieve this, you should use the normal <classname>Gtk::TreeView</"
"classname><methodname>insert_column()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>append_column()</methodname> methods, then use "
"<methodname>get_column_cell_renderer()</methodname> to get the "
"<classname>Gtk::CellRenderer</classname> used by that column."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2750(para)
msgid ""
"You should then cast that <classname>Gtk::CellRenderer*</classname> to the "
"specific <classname>CellRenderer</classname> that you expect, so you can use "
"specific API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2754(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, for a CellRendererText, you would set the cell's "
"<emphasis>editable</emphasis> property to true, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2757(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "cell.property_editable() = true;"
msgstr "cell.property_editable() = true;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2758(para)
msgid ""
"For a CellRendererToggle, you would set the <emphasis>activatable</emphasis> "
"property instead."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2762(para)
msgid ""
"You can then connect to the appropriate \"edited\" signal. For instance, "
"connect to <methodname>Gtk::CellRendererText::signal_edited()</methodname>, "
"or <methodname>Gtk::CellRendererToggle::signal_toggled()</methodname>. If "
"the column contains more than one <classname>CellRenderer</classname> then "
"you will need to use <methodname>Gtk::TreeView::get_column()</methodname> "
"and then call <methodname>get_cell_renderers()</methodname> on that view "
"Column."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2770(para)
msgid ""
"In your signal handler, you should examine the new value and then store it "
"in the Model if that is appropriate for your application."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2782(title)
msgid "Iterating over Model Rows"
msgstr "Iterar sobre las filas del modelo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2783(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> provides a C++ Standard Library-style "
"container of its children, via the <methodname>children()</methodname> "
"method. You can use the familiar <methodname>begin()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>end()</methodname> methods iterator incrementing, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2789(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"typedef Gtk::TreeModel::Children type_children; //minimise code length.\n"
"type_children children = refModel-&gt;children();\n"
"for(type_children::iterator iter = children.begin();\n"
"    iter != children.end(); ++iter)\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"  //Do something with the row - see above for set/get.\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2799(title)
msgid "Row children"
msgstr "Fila hija"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2804(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::Children children = row.children();"
msgstr "Gtk::TreeModel::Children children = row.children();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2800(para)
msgid ""
"When using a <classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname>, the rows can have child "
"rows, which can have their own children in turn. Use <methodname>Gtk::"
"TreeModel::Row::children()</methodname> to get the container of child "
"<classname>Row</classname>s: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2811(title)
msgid "The Selection"
msgstr "La selección"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2812(para)
msgid ""
"To find out what rows the user has selected, get the <classname>Gtk::"
"TreeView::Selection</classname> object from the <classname>TreeView</"
"classname>, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2817(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
"    m_TreeView.get_selection();"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
"    m_TreeView.get_selection();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2821(title)
msgid "Single or multiple selection"
msgstr "Selección única o múltiple"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2825(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "refTreeSelection-&gt;set_mode(Gtk::SELECTION_MULTIPLE);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2822(para)
msgid ""
"By default, only single rows can be selected, but you can allow multiple "
"selection by setting the mode, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2830(title)
msgid "The selected rows"
msgstr "Las filas seleccionadas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2831(para)
msgid ""
"For single-selection, you can just call <methodname>get_selected()</"
"methodname>, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2835(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TreeModel::iterator iter = refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
"if(iter) //If anything is selected\n"
"{\n"
"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"  //Do something with the row.\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"TreeModel::iterator iter = refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
"if(iter) //Si hay algo seleccionado\n"
"{\n"
"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"  //Hacer algo con la fila.\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2842(para)
msgid ""
"For multiple-selection, you need to define a callback, and give it to "
"<methodname>selected_foreach()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>selected_foreach_path()</methodname>, or "
"<methodname>selected_foreach_iter()</methodname>, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2848(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"refTreeSelection-&gt;selected_foreach_iter(\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;TheClass::selected_row_callback) );\n"
"\n"
"void TheClass::selected_row_callback(\n"
"    const Gtk::TreeModel::iterator&amp; iter)\n"
"{\n"
"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"  //Do something with the row.\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"refTreeSelection-&gt;selected_foreach_iter(\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;TheClass::selected_row_callback) );\n"
"\n"
"void TheClass::selected_row_callback(\n"
"    const Gtk::TreeModel::iterator&amp; iter)\n"
"{\n"
"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"  //Hacer algo con la fila.\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2861(title)
msgid "The \"changed\" signal"
msgstr "La señal «changed»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2862(para)
msgid ""
"To respond to the user clicking on a row or range of rows, connect to the "
"signal like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2866(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"refTreeSelection-&gt;signal_changed().connect(\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;Example_StockBrowser::on_selection_changed)\n"
");"
msgstr ""
"refTreeSelection-&gt;signal_changed().connect(\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;Example_StockBrowser::on_selection_changed)\n"
");"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2872(title)
msgid "Preventing row selection"
msgstr "Evitar la selección de la fila"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2873(para)
msgid ""
"Maybe the user should not be able to select every item in your list or tree. "
"For instance, in the gtk-demo, you can select a demo to see the source code, "
"but it doesn't make any sense to select a demo category."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2878(para)
msgid ""
"To control which rows can be selected, use the "
"<methodname>set_select_function()</methodname> method, providing a "
"<classname>sigc::slot</classname> callback. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2883(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"m_refTreeSelection-&gt;set_select_function( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;DemoWindow::select_function) );"
msgstr ""
"m_refTreeSelection-&gt;set_select_function( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;DemoWindow::select_function) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2885(para)
msgid "and then"
msgstr "Y luego"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2888(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bool DemoWindow::select_function(\n"
"    const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt;&amp; model,\n"
"    const Gtk::TreeModel::Path&amp; path, bool)\n"
"{\n"
"  const Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = model-&gt;get_iter(path);\n"
"  return iter-&gt;children().empty(); // only allow leaf nodes to be selected\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2898(title)
msgid "Changing the selection"
msgstr "Cambiar la selección"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2899(para)
msgid ""
"To change the selection, specify a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel::iterator</"
"classname> or <classname>Gtk::TreeModel::Row</classname>, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2904(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = m_refModel-&gt;children()[5]; //The fifth row.\n"
"if(row)\n"
"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(row);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = m_refModel-&gt;children()[5]; //La quinta fila.\n"
"if(row)\n"
"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(row);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2907(para)
msgid "or"
msgstr "o"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2910(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refModel-&gt;children().begin()\n"
"if(iter)\n"
"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(iter);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refModel-&gt;children().begin()\n"
"if(iter)\n"
"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(iter);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2919(title)
msgid "Sorting"
msgstr "Ordenar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2920(para)
msgid ""
"The standard tree models (<classname>TreeStore</classname> and "
"<classname>ListStore</classname> derive from <classname>TreeSortable</"
"classname>, so they offer sorting functionality. For instance, call "
"<methodname>set_sort_column()</methodname>, to sort the model by the "
"specified column. Or supply a callback function to <methodname>set_sort_func"
"()</methodname> to implement a more complicated sorting algorithm."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2924(ulink)
msgid "TreeSortable Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de TreeSortable"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2927(title)
msgid "Sorting by clicking on columns"
msgstr "Ordenación al pulsar en columnas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2928(para)
msgid ""
"So that a user can click on a <classname>TreeView</classname>'s column "
"header to sort the <classname>TreeView</classname>'s contents, call "
"<methodname>Gtk::TreeViewModel::set_sort_column()</methodname>, supplying "
"the model column on which model should be sorted when the header is clicked. "
"For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2931(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn = treeview.get_column(0);\n"
"if(pColumn)\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;set_sort_column(m_columns.m_col_id);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn = treeview.get_column(0);\n"
"if(pColumn)\n"
"  pColumn-&gt;set_sort_column(m_columns.m_col_id);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2937(title)
msgid "Independently sorted views of the same model"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2938(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>TreeView</classname> already allows you to show the same "
"<classname>TreeModel</classname> in two <classname>TreeView</classname> "
"widgets. If you need one of these TreeViews to sort the model differently "
"than the other then you should use a <classname>TreeModelSort</classname> "
"instead of just, for instance, <methodname>Gtk::TreeViewModel::"
"set_sort_column()</methodname>. <classname>TreeModelSort</classname> is a "
"model that contains another model, presenting a sorted version of that "
"model. For instance, you might add a sorted version of a model to a "
"<classname>TreeView</classname> like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2941(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModelSort&gt; sorted_model =\n"
"    Gtk::TreeModelSort::create(model);\n"
"sorted_model-&gt;set_sort_column(columns.m_col_name, Gtk::SORT_ASCENDING);\n"
"treeview.set_model(sorted_model);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModelSort&gt; sorted_model =\n"
"    Gtk::TreeModelSort::create(model);\n"
"sorted_model-&gt;set_sort_column(columns.m_col_name, Gtk::SORT_ASCENDING);\n"
"treeview.set_model(sorted_model);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2946(para)
msgid ""
"Note, however, that the TreeView will provide iterators to the sorted model. "
"You must convert them to iterators to the underlying child model in order to "
"perform actions on that model. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2948(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_button_delete()\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
"      m_treeview.get_selection();\n"
"  if(refTreeSelection)\n"
"  {\n"
"    Gtk::TreeModel::iterator sorted_iter =\n"
"        m_refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
"    if(sorted_iter)\n"
"    {\n"
"      Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter =\n"
"          m_refModelSort-&gt;convert_iter_to_child_iter(sorted_iter);\n"
"      m_refModel-&gt;erase(iter);\n"
"    }\n"
"  }\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"void VentanaEjemplo::on_button_delete()\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
"      m_treeview.get_selection();\n"
"  if(refTreeSelection)\n"
"  {\n"
"    Gtk::TreeModel::iterator sorted_iter =\n"
"        m_refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
"    if(sorted_iter)\n"
"    {\n"
"      Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter =\n"
"          m_refModelSort-&gt;convert_iter_to_child_iter(sorted_iter);\n"
"      m_refModel-&gt;erase(iter);\n"
"    }\n"
"  }\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2965(ulink)
msgid "TreeModelSort Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de TreeModelSort"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2971(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3078(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3710(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4677(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4839(title)
msgid "Drag and Drop"
msgstr "Arrastrar y soltar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2972(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> already implments simple drag-and-drop "
"when used with the <classname>Gtk::ListStore</classname> or <classname>Gtk::"
"TreeStore</classname> models. If necessary, it also allows you to implement "
"more complex behaviour when items are dragged and dropped, using the normal "
"<link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2981(title)
msgid "Reorderable rows"
msgstr "Filas reordenables"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2982(para)
msgid ""
"If you call <methodname>Gtk::TreeView::set_reorderable()</methodname> then "
"your TreeView's items can be moved within the treeview itself. This is "
"demonstrated in the <classname>TreeStore</classname> example."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2987(para)
msgid ""
"However, this does not allow you any control of which items can be dragged, "
"and where they can be dropped. If you need that extra control then you might "
"create a derived <literal>Gtk::TreeModel</literal> from <literal>Gtk::"
"TreeStore</literal> or <literal>Gtk::ListStore</literal> and override the "
"<literal>Gtk::TreeDragSource::row_draggable()</literal> and <literal>Gdk::"
"TreeDragDest::row_drop_possible()</literal> virtual methods. You can examine "
"the <literal>Gtk::TreeModel::Path</literal>s provided and allow or disallow "
"dragging or dropping by return <literal>true</literal> or <literal>false</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2988(para)
msgid "This is demonstrated in the drag_and_drop example."
msgstr "Esto se demuestra en el ejemplo «drag_and_drop»."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2994(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3100(title)
msgid "Popup Context Menu"
msgstr "Menú contextual emergente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2995(para)
msgid ""
"Lots of people need to implement right-click context menus for "
"<classname>TreeView</classname>'s so we will explain how to do that here to "
"save you some time. Apart from one or two points, it's much the same as a "
"normal context menu, as described in the <link linkend=\"sec-menus-popup"
"\">menus chapter</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3004(title)
msgid "Handling <literal>button_press_event</literal>"
msgstr "Manejar <literal>button_press_event</literal>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3005(para)
msgid ""
"To detect a click of the right mouse button, you need to handle the "
"<literal>button_press_event</literal> signal, and check exactly which button "
"was pressed. Because the <classname>TreeView</classname> normally handles "
"this signal completely, you need to either override the default signal "
"handler in a derived <classname>TreeView</classname> class, or use "
"<methodname>connect_nofify()</methodname> instead of <methodname>connect()</"
"methodname>. You probably also want to call the default handler before doing "
"anything else, so that the right-click will cause the row to be selected "
"first."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3015(para)
msgid "This is demonstrated in the Popup Custom Menu example."
msgstr "Esto queda demostrado en el ejemplo del menú emergente personalizado."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3020(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3471(title)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3646(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4988(title)
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Ejemplos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3022(title)
msgid "ListStore"
msgstr "ListStore"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3023(para)
msgid ""
"This example has a <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> widget, with a "
"<classname>Gtk::ListStore</classname> model."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3040(title)
msgid "TreeStore"
msgstr "TreeStore"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3042(para)
msgid ""
"This example is very similar to the <classname>ListStore</classname> "
"example, but uses a <classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname> model instead, and "
"adds children to the rows."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3061(para)
msgid ""
"This example is identical to the <classname>ListStore</classname> example, "
"but it uses <methodname>TreeView::append_column_editable()</methodname> "
"instead of <methodname>TreeView::append_column()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3068(title)
msgid "TreeView - Editable Cells"
msgstr "TreeView: celdas editables"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3080(para)
msgid ""
"This example is much like the <classname>TreeStore</classname> example, but "
"has 2 extra columns to indicate whether the row can be dragged, and whether "
"it can receive drag-and-dropped rows. It uses a derived <classname>Gtk::"
"TreeStore</classname> which overrides the virtual functions as described in "
"the <link linkend=\"sec-treeview-draganddrop\">TreeView Drag and Drop</link> "
"section.."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3090(title)
msgid "TreeView - Drag And Drop"
msgstr "TreeView: arrastrar y soltar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3102(para)
msgid ""
"This example is much like the <classname>ListStore</classname> example, but "
"derives a custom <classname>TreeView</classname> in order to override the "
"<literal>button_press_event</literal>, and also to encapsulate the tree "
"model code in our derived class. See the <link linkend=\"sec-treeview-"
"contextmenu\">TreeView Popup Context Menu</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3112(title)
msgid "TreeView - Popup Context Menu"
msgstr "TreeView: menú de contexto emergente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3129(title)
msgid "Combo Boxes"
msgstr "Cajas combinadas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3131(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>ComboBox</classname> widgets offers a list (or tree) of "
"choices in a dropdown menu. If appropriate, it can show extra information "
"about each item, such as text, a picture, a checkbox, or a progress bar. The "
"<classname>ComboBox</classname> widget usually restricts the user to the "
"available choices, but it can optionally have an <classname>Entry</"
"classname>, allowing the user to enter arbitrary text if the none of the "
"available choices are suitable."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3134(para)
msgid ""
"The list is provided via a <classname>TreeModel</classname>, and columns "
"from this model are added to the ComboBox's view with the "
"<methodname>ComboBox::pack_start()</methodname> method. This provides "
"flexibility and compile-time type-safety, but the <classname>ComboBoxText</"
"classname> class provides a simpler text-based specialization in case that "
"flexibility is not required."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3140(title)
msgid "The model"
msgstr "El modelo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3141(para)
msgid ""
"The model for a ComboBox can be defined and filled exactly as for a "
"<classname>TreeView</classname>. For instance, you might derive a ComboBox "
"class with one integer and one text columns, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3143(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ModelColumns()\n"
"{ add(m_col_id); add(m_col_name); }\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_id;\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_name;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"ModelColumns m_columns;"
msgstr ""
"ModelColumns()\n"
"{ add(m_col_id); add(m_col_name); }\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_id;\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_name;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"ModelColumns m_columns;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3152(para)
msgid ""
"After appending rows to this model, you should provide the model to the "
"<classname>ComboBox</classname> with the <methodname>set_model()</"
"methodname> method. Then use the <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>pack_end()</methodname> methods to specify what methods will be "
"displayed in the ComboBox. As with the TreeView you may either use the "
"default cell renderer by passing the <classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> "
"to the pack methods, or you may instantiate a specific "
"<classname>CellRenderer</classname> and specify a particular mapping with "
"either <methodname>add_attribute()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>set_cell_data_func()</methodname>. Note that these methods are "
"in the <classname>CellLayout</classname> base class."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3156(title)
msgid "The chosen item"
msgstr "El elemento elegido"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3157(para)
msgid ""
"To discover what item, if any, the user has chosen from the ComboBox, call "
"<methodname>ComboBox::get_active()</methodname>. This returns a "
"<classname>TreeModel::iterator</classname> that you can dereference to a "
"<classname>Row</classname> in order to read the values in your columns. For "
"instance, you might read an integer ID value from the model, even though you "
"have chosen only to show the human-readable description in the Combo. For "
"instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3159(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_Combo.get_active();\n"
"if(iter)\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
"\n"
"  //Get the data for the selected row, using our knowledge\n"
"  //of the tree model:\n"
"  int id = row[m_Columns.m_col_id];\n"
"  set_something_id_chosen(id); //Your own function.\n"
"}\n"
"else\n"
"  set_nothing_chosen(); //Your own function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3174(title)
msgid "Responding to changes"
msgstr "Responder a los cambios"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3175(para)
msgid ""
"You might need to react to every change of selection in the ComboBox, for "
"instance to update other widgets. To do so, you should handle the \"changed"
"\" signal. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3178(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"m_combo.signal_changed().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"      &amp;ExampleWindow::on_combo_changed) );"
msgstr ""
"m_combo.signal_changed().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"      &amp;ExampleWindow::on_combo_changed) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3182(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3229(title)
msgid "Full Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo completo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3185(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3198(title)
msgid "ComboBox"
msgstr "ComboBox"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3195(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3242(title)
msgid "Simple Text Example"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3209(title)
msgid "ComboBox with an Entry"
msgstr "Caja combinada con una entrada"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3211(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>ComboBox</classname> may contain an <classname>Entry</"
"classname> widget for entering of arbitrary text, by specifying true for the "
"constructor's <literal>has_entry</literal> parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3214(title)
msgid "The text column"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3216(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_combo.set_text_column(m_columns.m_col_name);"
msgstr "m_combo.set_text_column(m_columns.m_col_name);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3215(para)
msgid ""
"So that the Entry can interact with the drop-down list of choices, you must "
"specify which of your model columns is the text column, with "
"<methodname>set_text_column()</methodname>. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3218(para)
msgid ""
"When you select a choice from the drop-down menu, the value from this column "
"will be placed in the <classname>Entry</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3224(title)
msgid "The entry"
msgstr "La entrada"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3225(para)
msgid ""
"Because the user may enter arbitrary text, an active model row isn't enough "
"to tell us what text the user has inputted. Therefore, you should retrieve "
"the <classname>Entry</classname> widget with the <methodname>ComboBoxEntry::"
"get_entry()</methodname> method and call <methodname>get_text()</methodname> "
"on that."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3232(title)
msgid "ComboBoxEntry"
msgstr "ComboBoxEntry"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3245(title)
msgid "ComboBoxEntryText"
msgstr "ComboBoxEntryText"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3264(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3476(title)
msgid "TextView"
msgstr "TextView"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3265(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>TextView</classname> widget can be used to display and edit "
"large amounts of formatted text. Like the <classname>TreeView</classname>, "
"it has a model/view design. In this case the <classname>TextBuffer</"
"classname> is the model."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3273(title)
msgid "The Buffer"
msgstr "El búfer"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3274(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname> is a model containing the data for "
"the <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname>, like the <classname>Gtk::"
"TreeModel</classname> used by <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>. This "
"allows two or more <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname>s to share the same "
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, and allows those TextBuffers to be "
"displayed slightly differently. Or you could maintain several "
"<classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname>s and choose to display each one at "
"different times in the same <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname> widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3284(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>TextView</classname> creates its own default "
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, which you can access via the "
"<methodname>get_buffer()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3293(title)
msgid "Iterators"
msgstr "Iteradores"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3299(title)
msgid "Tags and Formatting"
msgstr "Etiquetas y formateado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3302(title)
msgid "Tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3303(para)
msgid ""
"To specify that some text in the buffer should have specific formatting, you "
"must define a tag to hold that formatting information, and then apply that "
"tag to the region of text. For instance, to define the tag and its "
"properties:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3306(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag&gt; refTagMatch =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag::create();\n"
"refTagMatch-&gt;property_background() = \"orange\";"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag&gt; refTagMatch =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag::create();\n"
"refTagMatch-&gt;property_background() = \"orange\";"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3309(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify a name for the <classname>Tag</classname> when using the "
"<methodname>create()</methodname> method, but it is not necessary."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3314(para)
msgid "The <classname>Tag</classname> class has many other properties."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3323(title)
msgid "TagTable"
msgstr "TagTable"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3325(para)
msgid ""
"Each <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname> uses a <classname>Gtk::"
"TextBuffer::TagTable</classname>, which contains the <classname>Tag</"
"classname>s for that buffer. 2 or more <classname>TextBuffer</classname>s "
"may share the same <classname>TagTable</classname>. When you create "
"<classname>Tag</classname>s you should add them to the <classname>TagTable</"
"classname>. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3333(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable&gt; refTagTable =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable::create();\n"
"refTagTable-&gt;add(refTagMatch);\n"
"//Hopefully a future version of <application>gtkmm</application> will have a set_tag_table() method,\n"
"//for use after creation of the buffer.\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer&gt; refBuffer =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::create(refTagTable);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable&gt; refTagTable =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable::create();\n"
"refTagTable-&gt;add(refTagMatch);\n"
"//Posiblemente, la siguiente versión de <application>gtkmm</application> tenga un método set_tag_table(),\n"
"//para usarlo después de la creación del búfer.\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer&gt; refBuffer =\n"
"    Gtk::TextBuffer::create(refTagTable);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3341(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use <methodname>get_tag_table()</methodname> to get, and maybe "
"modify, the <classname>TextBuffer</classname>'s default <classname>TagTable</"
"classname> instead of creating one explicitly."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3352(title)
msgid "Applying Tags"
msgstr "Aplicar etiquetas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3353(para)
msgid ""
"If you have created a <classname>Tag</classname> and added it to the "
"<classname>TagTable</classname>, you may apply that tag to part of the "
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname> so that some of the text is displayed with "
"that formatting. You define the start and end of the range of text by "
"specifying <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer::iterator</classname>s. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3360(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "refBuffer-&gt;apply_tag(refTagMatch, iterRangeStart, iterRangeStop);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3361(para)
msgid ""
"Or you could specify the tag when first inserting the text: refBuffer-&gt;"
"insert_with_tag(iter, \"Some text\", refTagMatch);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3366(para)
msgid ""
"You can apply more than one <classname>Tag</classname> to the same text, by "
"using <methodname>apply_tag()</methodname> more than once, or by using "
"<methodname>insert_with_tags()</methodname>. The <classname>Tag</classname>s "
"might specify different values for the same properties, but you can resolve "
"these conflicts by using <methodname>Tag::set_priority()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3378(title)
msgid "Marks"
msgstr "Marcas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3379(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname> iterators are generally invalidated when "
"the text changes, but you can use a <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer::Mark</"
"classname> to remember a position in these situations. For instance,"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3384(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Mark&gt; refMark =\n"
"    refBuffer-&gt;create_mark(iter);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Mark&gt; refMark =\n"
"    refBuffer-&gt;create_mark(iter);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3387(para)
msgid ""
"You can then use the <methodname>get_iter()</methodname> method later to "
"create an iterator for the <classname>Mark</classname>'s new position."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3392(para)
msgid ""
"There are two built-in <classname>Mark</classname>s - <literal>insert</"
"literal> and <literal>select_bound</literal>, which you can access with "
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>'s <methodname>get_insert()</methodname> "
"and <methodname>get_selection_bound()</methodname> methods."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3405(para)
msgid ""
"As mentioned above, each <classname>TextView</classname> has a "
"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, and one or more <classname>TextView</"
"classname> can share the same <classname>TextBuffer</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3412(para)
msgid ""
"Like the <classname>TreeView</classname>, you should probably put your "
"<classname>TextView</classname> inside a <classname>ScrolledWindow</"
"classname> to allow the user to see and move around the whole text area with "
"scrollbars."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3422(title)
msgid "Default formatting"
msgstr "Formato predeterminado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3423(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>TextView</classname> has various methods which allow you to "
"change the presentation of the buffer for this particular view. Some of "
"these may be overridden by the <classname>Gtk::TextTag</classname>s in the "
"buffer, if they specify the same things. For instance, "
"<methodname>set_left_margin()</methodname>, <methodname>set_right_margin()</"
"methodname>, <methodname>set_indent()</methodname>, etc."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3434(title)
msgid "Scrolling"
msgstr "Desplazamiento"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3435(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TextView</classname> has various <methodname>scroll_to_*()</"
"methodname> methods. These allow you to ensure that a particular part of the "
"text buffer is visible. For instance, your application's Find feature might "
"use <methodname>Gtk::TextView::scroll_to_iter()</methodname> to show the "
"found text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3450(title)
msgid "Widgets and ChildAnchors"
msgstr "Widgets y ChildAnchors"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3451(para)
msgid ""
"You can embed widgets, such as <classname>Gtk::Button</classname>s, in the "
"text. Each such child widget needs a <classname>ChildAnchor</classname>. "
"ChildAnchors are associated with <classname>iterators</classname>. For "
"instance, to create a child anchor at a particular position, use "
"<methodname>Gtk::TextBuffer::create_child_anchor()</methodname>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3458(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextChildAnchor&gt; refAnchor =\n"
"    refBuffer-&gt;create_child_anchor(iter);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextChildAnchor&gt; refAnchor =\n"
"    refBuffer-&gt;create_child_anchor(iter);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3461(para)
msgid ""
"Then, to add a widget at that position, use <methodname>Gtk::TextView::"
"add_child_at_anchor()</methodname>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3465(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "m_TextView.add_child_at_anchor(m_Button, refAnchor);"
msgstr "m_TextView.add_child_at_anchor(m_Button, refAnchor);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3491(title)
msgid "Menus and Toolbars"
msgstr "Menús y barras de herramientas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3493(para)
msgid ""
"There are specific APIs for Menus and toolbars, but you should usually deal "
"with them together, using the <classname>UIManager</classname> to define "
"<classname>Action</classname>s which you can then arrange in menu and "
"toolbars. In this way you can handle activation of the action instead of "
"responding to the menu and toolbar items separately. And you can enable or "
"disable both the menu and toolbar item via the action."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3501(para)
msgid ""
"This involves the use of the <classname>Gtk::ActionGroup</classname>, "
"<classname>Gtk::Action</classname>, and <classname>UIManager</classname> "
"classes, all of which should be instantiated via their <methodname>create()</"
"methodname> methods, which return <classname>RefPtr</classname>s."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3510(title)
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Acciones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3511(para)
msgid ""
"First create the <classname>Action</classname>s and add them to an "
"<classname>ActionGroup</classname>, with <methodname>ActionGroup::add()</"
"methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3517(para)
msgid ""
"The arguments to <methodname>Action::create()</methodname> specify the "
"action's name and how it will appear in menus and toolbars. Use stock items "
"where possible so that you don't need to specify the label, accelerator, "
"icon, and tooltips, and so you can use pre-existing translations."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3523(para)
msgid ""
"You can also specify a signal handler when calling <methodname>ActionGroup::"
"add()</methodname>. This signal handler will be called when the action is "
"activated via either a menu item or a toolbar button."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3528(para)
msgid "Note that you must specify actions for sub menus as well as menu items."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3530(para)
msgid "For instance:"
msgstr "Por ejemplo:"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3532(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"m_refActionGroup = Gtk::ActionGroup::create();\n"
"\n"
"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"MenuFile\", \"_File\") );\n"
"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"New\", Gtk::Stock::NEW),\n"
"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_new) );\n"
"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"ExportData\", \"Export Data\"),\n"
"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_open) );\n"
"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"Quit\", Gtk::Stock::QUIT),\n"
"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_quit) );"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3542(para)
msgid ""
"Note that this is where we specify the names of the actions as they will be "
"seen by users in menus and toolbars. Therefore, this is where you should "
"make strings translatable, by putting them inside the _() macro. When we use "
"the Gtk::Stock items, of course, translations are automatically available."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3547(title)
msgid "UIManager"
msgstr "UIManager"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3548(para)
msgid ""
"Next you should create a <classname>UIManager</classname> and add the "
"<classname>ActionGroup</classname> to the <classname>UIManager</classname> "
"with <methodname>insert_action_group()</methodname> At this point is also a "
"good idea to tell the parent window to respond to the specified keyboard "
"shortcuts, by using <methodname>add_accel_group()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3556(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4906(para)
msgid "For instance,"
msgstr "Por ejemplo,"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3558(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::UIManager&gt; m_refUIManager =\n"
"    Gtk::UIManager::create();\n"
"m_refUIManager-&gt;insert_action_group(m_refActionGroup);\n"
"add_accel_group(m_refUIManager-&gt;get_accel_group());"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::UIManager&gt; m_refUIManager =\n"
"    Gtk::UIManager::create();\n"
"m_refUIManager-&gt;insert_action_group(m_refActionGroup);\n"
"add_accel_group(m_refUIManager-&gt;get_accel_group());"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3562(para)
msgid ""
"Then, you can define the actual visible layout of the menus and toolbars, "
"and add the UI layout to the <classname>UIManager</classname>. This \"ui "
"string\" uses an XML format, in which you should mention the names of the "
"actions that you have already created. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3568(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::ustring ui_info =\n"
"    \"&lt;ui&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;menubar name='MenuBar'&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;menu action='MenuFile'&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='New'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Open'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;separator/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Quit'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;/menu&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;menu action='MenuEdit'&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Cut'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Copy'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Paste'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;/menu&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;/menubar&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;toolbar  name='ToolBar'&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;toolitem action='Open'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;toolitem action='Quit'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;/toolbar&gt;\"\n"
"    \"&lt;/ui&gt;\";\n"
"\n"
"m_refUIManager-&gt;add_ui_from_string(ui_info);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3591(para)
msgid ""
"Remember that these names are just the identifiers that we used when "
"creating the actions. They are not the text that the user will see in the "
"menus and toolbars. We provided those human-readable names when we created "
"the actions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3592(para)
msgid ""
"To instantiate a <classname>Gtk::MenuBar</classname> or <classname>Gtk::"
"Toolbar</classname> which you can actually show, you should use the "
"<methodname>UIManager::get_widget()</methodname> method, and then add the "
"widget to a container. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3598(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::Widget* pMenubar = m_refUIManager-&gt;get_widget(\"/MenuBar\");\n"
"pBox-&gt;add(*pMenuBar, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::Widget* pMenubar = m_refUIManager-&gt;get_widget(\"/MenuBar\");\n"
"pBox-&gt;add(*pMenuBar, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3604(title)
msgid "Popup Menus"
msgstr "Menús emergentes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3605(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Menus</classname> are normally just added to a window, but they "
"can also be displayed temporarily as the result of a mouse button click. For "
"instance, a context menu might be displayed when the user clicks their right "
"mouse button."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3612(para)
msgid ""
"The UI layout for a popup menu should use the <literal>popup</literal> node. "
"For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3614(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::ustring ui_info =\n"
"    \"&lt;ui&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;popup name='PopupMenu'&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextEdit'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextProcess'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextRemove'/&gt;\"\n"
"    \"  &lt;/popup&gt;\"\n"
"    \"&lt;/ui&gt;\";\n"
"\n"
"m_refUIManager-&gt;add_ui_from_string(ui_info);"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3625(para)
msgid ""
"To show the popup menu, use <classname>Gtk::Menu</classname>'s "
"<methodname>popup()</methodname> method, providing the button identifier and "
"the time of activation, as provided by the <literal>button_press_event</"
"literal> signal, which you will need to handle anyway. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3631(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bool ExampleWindow::on_button_press_event(GdkEventButton* event)\n"
"{\n"
"  if( (event-&gt;type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) &amp;&amp;\n"
"      (event-&gt;button == 3) )\n"
"  {\n"
"    m_Menu_Popup-&gt;popup(event-&gt;button, event-&gt;time);\n"
"    return true; //It has been handled.\n"
"  }\n"
"  else\n"
"    return false;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"bool ExampleWindow::on_button_press_event(GdkEventButton* event)\n"
"{\n"
"  if( (event-&gt;type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) &amp;&amp;\n"
"      (event-&gt;button == 3) )\n"
"  {\n"
"    m_Menu_Popup-&gt;popup(event-&gt;button, event-&gt;time);\n"
"    return true; //Se ha manejado.\n"
"  }\n"
"  else\n"
"    return false;\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3648(title)
msgid "Main Menu example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de menú principal"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3651(title)
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr "Menú principal"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3661(title)
msgid "Popup Menu example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de menú emergente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3664(title)
msgid "Popup Menu"
msgstr "Menú emergente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3679(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3720(title)
msgid "ToolPalette"
msgstr "ToolPalette"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3681(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>ToolPalette</classname> is similar to a <classname>Toolbar</"
"classname> but can contain a grid of items, categorized into groups. The "
"user may hide or expand each group. As in a toolbar, the items may be "
"displayed as only icons, as only text, or as icons with text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3683(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>ToolPalette</classname>'s items might be dragged or simply "
"activated. For instance, the user might drag objects to a canvas to create "
"new items there. Or the user might click an item to activate a certain brush "
"size in a drawing application."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3684(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>ToolItemGroup</classname>s should be added to the tool pallete "
"via the base class's <function>Gtk::Container::add()</function> method, for "
"instance like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3687(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::ToolItemGroup* group_brushes =\n"
"  Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolItemGroup(\"Brushes\"));\n"
"m_ToolPalette.add(*group_brushes);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::ToolItemGroup* group_brushes =\n"
"  Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolItemGroup(\"Brushes\"));\n"
"m_ToolPalette.add(*group_brushes);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3693(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::ToolItem</classname>s can then be added to the group. For "
"instance, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3697(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::ToolButton* button = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolButton(icon, \"Big\"));\n"
"button-&gt;set_tooltip_text(\"Big Brush);\n"
"group_brushes-&gt;insert(*button);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::ToolButton* button = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolButton(icon, \"Big\"));\n"
"button-&gt;set_tooltip_text(\"Pincel grande);\n"
"group_brushes-&gt;insert(*button);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3703(para)
msgid ""
"You might then handle the <classname>ToolButton</classname>'s "
"<literal>clicked</literal> signal. Alternatively, you could allow the item "
"to be dragged to another widget, by calling <methodname>Gtk::ToolPalette::"
"add_drag_dest()</methodname> and then using <methodname>Gtk::ToolPalette::"
"get_drag_item()</methodname> in the other widget's "
"<literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal handler."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3705(ulink)
msgid "ToolPalette Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de ToolPalette"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3706(ulink)
msgid "ToolItemGroup Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de ToolItemGroup"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3707(ulink)
msgid "ToolItem Reference"
msgstr "Referencia de ToolItem"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3711(para)
msgid ""
"Call <methodname>add_drag_dest()</methodname> to allow items or groups to be "
"dragged from the tool palette to a particular destination widget. You can "
"then use <methodname>get_drag_item()</methodname> to discover which ToolItem "
"or ToolItemGroup is being dragged. You can use <literal>dynamic_cast</"
"literal> to discover whether is it an item or a group. For instance, you "
"might use this in your <literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal handler, "
"to add a dropped item, or to show a suitable icon while dragging."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3712(para)
msgid ""
"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> chapter "
"for general advice about Drag and Drop with gtkmm."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3715(title)
msgid "ToolPalette Example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de ToolPalette"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3717(para)
msgid ""
"This example adds a <classname>ToolPalette</classname> and a "
"<classname>DrawingArea</classname> to a window and allows the user to drag "
"icons from the tool palette to the drawing area. The tool palette contains "
"several groups of items. The combo boxes allow the user to change the style "
"and orientation of the tool palette."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3733(title)
msgid "Adjustments"
msgstr "Ajustes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3735(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> has various widgets that can be visually "
"adjusted using the mouse or the keyboard, such as the <classname>Range</"
"classname> widgets (described in the <link linkend=\"chapter-range-widgets"
"\">Range Widgets</link> section). There are also a few widgets that display "
"some adjustable part of a larger area, such as the <classname>Viewport</"
"classname> widget. These widgets have <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> "
"objects that express this common part of their API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3745(para)
msgid ""
"So that applications can react to changes, for instance when a user moves a "
"scrollbar, <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> has a <literal>changed</"
"literal> signal. You can then use the <methodname>get_changed()</methodname> "
"method to discover the new value."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3753(title)
msgid "Creating an Adjustment"
msgstr "Crear un ajuste"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3755(para)
msgid "The <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> constructor is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3759(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::Adjustment(float value,\n"
"                float lower,\n"
"                float upper,\n"
"                float step_increment = 1,\n"
"                float page_increment = 10,\n"
"                float page_size = 0);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::Adjustment(float value,\n"
"                float lower,\n"
"                float upper,\n"
"                float step_increment = 1,\n"
"                float page_increment = 10,\n"
"                float page_size = 0);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3766(para)
msgid ""
"The <parameter>value</parameter> argument is the initial value of the "
"adjustment, usually corresponding to the topmost or leftmost position of an "
"adjustable widget. The <parameter>lower</parameter> and <parameter>upper</"
"parameter> arguments specifies the possible range of values which the "
"adjustment can hold. The <parameter>step_increment</parameter> argument "
"specifies the smaller of the two increments by which the user can change the "
"value, while the <parameter>page_increment</parameter> is the larger one. "
"The <parameter>page_size</parameter> argument usually corresponds somehow to "
"the visible area of a panning widget. The <parameter>upper</parameter> "
"argument is used to represent the bottom most or right most coordinate in a "
"panning widget's child."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3785(title)
msgid "Using Adjustments the Easy Way"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3787(para)
msgid ""
"The adjustable widgets can be roughly divided into those which use and "
"require specific units for these values, and those which treat them as "
"arbitrary numbers."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3792(para)
msgid ""
"The group which treats the values as arbitrary numbers includes the "
"<classname>Range</classname> widgets (<classname>Scrollbars</classname> and "
"<classname>Scales</classname>, the <classname>Progressbar</classname> "
"widget, and the <classname>SpinButton</classname> widget). These widgets are "
"typically \"adjusted\" directly by the user with the mouse or keyboard. They "
"will treat the <parameter>lower</parameter> and <parameter>upper</parameter> "
"values of an adjustment as a range within which the user can manipulate the "
"adjustment's <parameter>value</parameter>. By default, they will only modify "
"the <parameter>value</parameter> of an adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3804(para)
msgid ""
"The other group includes the <classname>Viewport</classname> widget and the "
"<classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> widget. All of these widgets use pixel "
"values for their adjustments. These are also typically adjusted indirectly "
"using scrollbars. While all widgets which use adjustments can either create "
"their own adjustments or use ones you supply, you'll generally want to let "
"this particular category of widgets create its own adjustments."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3813(para)
msgid ""
"If you share an adjustment object between a Scrollbar and a TextView widget, "
"manipulating the scrollbar will automagically adjust the TextView widget. "
"You can set it up like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3818(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"// creates its own adjustments\n"
"Gtk::TextView textview;\n"
"// uses the newly-created adjustment for the scrollbar as well\n"
"Gtk::VScrollbar vscrollbar (*(textview.get_vadjustment()));"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3826(title)
msgid "Adjustment Internals"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3828(para)
msgid ""
"OK, you say, that's nice, but what if I want to create my own handlers to "
"respond when the user adjusts a <classname>Range</classname> widget or a "
"<classname>SpinButton</classname>. To access the value of a <classname>Gtk::"
"Adjustment</classname>, you can use the <methodname>get_value()</methodname> "
"and <methodname>set_value()</methodname> methods:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3836(para)
msgid ""
"As mentioned earlier, <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> can emit "
"signals. This is, of course, how updates happen automatically when you share "
"an <classname>Adjustment</classname> object between a <classname>Scrollbar</"
"classname> and another adjustable widget; all adjustable widgets connect "
"signal handlers to their adjustment's <literal>value_changed</literal> "
"signal, as can your program."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3845(para)
msgid ""
"So, for example, if you have a <classname>Scale</classname> widget, and you "
"want to change the rotation of a picture whenever its value changes, you "
"would create a signal handler like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3850(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void cb_rotate_picture (Gtk::Widget *picture)\n"
"{\n"
"  picture-&gt;set_rotation (adj-&gt;value);\n"
"..."
msgstr ""
"void cb_rotate_picture (Gtk::Widget *picture)\n"
"{\n"
"  picture-&gt;set_rotation (adj-&gt;value);\n"
"..."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3854(para)
msgid "and connect it to the scale widget's adjustment like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3857(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adj.value_changed.connect(sigc::bind&lt;Widget*&gt;(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;cb_rotate_picture), picture));"
msgstr ""
"adj.value_changed.connect(sigc::bind&lt;Widget*&gt;(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;cb_rotate_picture), picture));"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3860(para)
msgid ""
"What if a widget reconfigures the <parameter>upper</parameter> or "
"<parameter>lower</parameter> fields of its <classname>Adjustment</"
"classname>, such as when a user adds more text to a text widget? In this "
"case, it emits the <literal>changed</literal> signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3867(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Range</classname> widgets typically connect a handler to this "
"signal, which changes their appearance to reflect the change - for example, "
"the size of the slider in a scrollbar will grow or shrink in inverse "
"proportion to the difference between the <parameter>lower</parameter> and "
"<parameter>upper</parameter> values of its <classname>Adjustment</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3876(para)
msgid ""
"You probably won't ever need to attach a handler to this signal, unless "
"you're writing a new type of range widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3880(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "adjustment-&gt;changed();"
msgstr "adjustment-&gt;changed();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3887(title)
msgid "Widgets Without X-Windows"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3889(para)
msgid ""
"Some Widgets do not have an associated X-Window, so they therefore do not "
"receive X events. This means that the signals described in the <link linkend="
"\"sec-xeventsignals\">X event signals</link> section will not be emitted. If "
"you want to capture events for these widgets you can use a special container "
"called <classname>Gtk::EventBox</classname>, which is described in the <link "
"linkend=\"sec-eventbox\">EventBox</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3898(para)
msgid "Here is a list of some of these Widgets:"
msgstr "Aquí hay una lista de estos widgets"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3901(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::Alignment\n"
"Gtk::Arrow\n"
"Gtk::AspectFrame\n"
"Gtk::Bin\n"
"Gtk::Box\n"
"Gtk::Button\n"
"Gtk::CheckButton\n"
"Gtk::Fixed\n"
"Gtk::Frame\n"
"Gtk::Grid\n"
"Gtk::Image\n"
"Gtk::Label\n"
"Gtk::MenuItem\n"
"Gtk::Notebook\n"
"Gtk::Paned\n"
"Gtk::RadioButton\n"
"Gtk::Range\n"
"Gtk::ScrolledWindow\n"
"Gtk::Separator\n"
"Gtk::Table\n"
"Gtk::Toolbar"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::Alignment\n"
"Gtk::Arrow\n"
"Gtk::AspectFrame\n"
"Gtk::Bin\n"
"Gtk::Box\n"
"Gtk::Button\n"
"Gtk::CheckButton\n"
"Gtk::Fixed\n"
"Gtk::Frame\n"
"Gtk::Grid\n"
"Gtk::Image\n"
"Gtk::Label\n"
"Gtk::MenuItem\n"
"Gtk::Notebook\n"
"Gtk::Paned\n"
"Gtk::RadioButton\n"
"Gtk::Range\n"
"Gtk::ScrolledWindow\n"
"Gtk::Separator\n"
"Gtk::Table\n"
"Gtk::Toolbar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3923(para)
msgid ""
"These widgets are mainly used for decoration or layout, so you won't often "
"need to capture events on them. They are intended to have no X-Window in "
"order to improve performance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3929(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3973(title)
msgid "EventBox"
msgstr "EventBox"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3931(para)
msgid ""
"Some <application>gtkmm</application> widgets don't have associated X "
"windows; they draw on their parents' windows. Because of this, they cannot "
"receive events. Also, if they are incorrectly sized, they don't clip, so you "
"can get messy overwriting etc. To receive events on one of these widgets, "
"you can it inside an <classname>EventBox</classname> widget and then call "
"<methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_events()</methodname> on the EventBox before "
"showing it."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3939(para)
msgid ""
"Although the name <classname>EventBox</classname> emphasises the event-"
"handling method, the widget can also be used for clipping (and more; see the "
"example below)."
msgstr ""

#. <para>TODO: Why don't they have X Windows - explain clipping.
#. Also, how does this affect platform such as Windows and MacOS that don't use X.
#. </para>
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3949(para)
msgid "The constructor for <classname>Gtk::EventBox</classname> is:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3953(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Gtk::EventBox();"
msgstr "Gtk::EventBox();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3955(para)
msgid ""
"A child widget can be added to the <classname>EventBox</classname> using:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3959(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "event_box.add(child_widget);"
msgstr "event_box.add(child_widget);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3965(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates both uses of an <classname>EventBox</"
"classname> - a label is created that is clipped to a small box, and set up "
"so that a mouse-click on the label causes the program to exit. Resizing the "
"window reveals varying amounts of the label."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3987(title)
msgid "Dialogs"
msgstr "Diálogos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3989(para)
msgid ""
"Dialogs are used as secondary windows, to provide specific information or to "
"ask questions. <classname>Gtk::Dialog</classname> windows contain a few pre-"
"packed widgets to ensure consistency, and a <methodname>run()</methodname> "
"method which blocks until the user dismisses the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3996(para)
msgid ""
"There are several derived <classname>Dialog</classname> classes which you "
"might find useful. <classname>Gtk::MessageDialog</classname> is used for "
"most simple notifications. But at other times you might need to derive your "
"own dialog class to provide more complex functionality."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4003(para)
msgid ""
"To pack widgets into a custom dialog, you should pack them into the "
"<classname>Gtk::Box</classname>, available via <methodname>get_content_area()"
"</methodname>. To just add a <classname>Button</classname> to the bottom of "
"the <classname>Dialog</classname>, you could use the <methodname>add_button()"
"</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4011(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>run()</methodname> method returns an <literal>int</literal>. "
"This may be a value from the <literal>Gtk::ResponseType</literal> if the "
"user closed the button by clicking a standard button, or it could be the "
"custom response value that you specified when using <methodname>add_button()"
"</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4020(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4035(title)
msgid "MessageDialog"
msgstr "MessageDialog"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4021(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>MessageDialog</classname> is a convenience class, used to create "
"simple, standard message dialogs, with a message, an icon, and buttons for "
"user response. You can specify the type of message and the text in the "
"constructor, as well as specifying standard buttons via the <literal>Gtk::"
"ButtonsType</literal> enum."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4046(title)
msgid "FileChooserDialog"
msgstr "FileChooserDialog"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4047(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>FileChooserDialog</classname> is suitable for use with \"Open"
"\" or \"Save\" menu items."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4051(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the useful member methods for this class are actually in the "
"<classname>Gtk::FileChooser</classname> base class."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4062(title)
msgid "FileChooser"
msgstr "Selector de archivos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4072(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4085(title)
msgid "ColorSelectionDialog"
msgstr "ColorSelectionDialog"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4073(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>ColorSelectionDialog</classname> allows the user to choose a "
"color. The <classname>ColorButton</classname> opens a color selection dialog "
"when it is clicked."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4096(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4109(title)
msgid "FontChooserDialog"
msgstr "FontChooserDialog"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4097(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>FontChooserDialog</classname> allows the user to choose a "
"font. The <classname>FontButton</classname> opens a font chooser dialog when "
"it is clicked."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4124(title)
msgid "The Drawing Area Widget"
msgstr "El widget de área de dibujo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4125(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>DrawingArea</classname> widget is a blank window that gives "
"you the freedom to create any graphic you desire. Along with that freedom "
"comes the responsibility to handle draw signals on the widget. When a widget "
"is first shown, or when it is covered and then uncovered again it needs to "
"redraw itself. Most widgets have code to do this, but the DrawingArea does "
"not, allowing you to write your own draw signal handler to determine how the "
"contents of the widget will be drawn. This is most often done by overriding "
"the virtual <methodname>on_draw()</methodname> member function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4137(para)
msgid ""
"GTK+ uses the <ulink url=\"http://cairographics.org\">Cairo</ulink> drawing "
"API. With gtkmm, you may use the <ulink url=\"http://www.cairographics.org/"
"cairomm/\">cairomm</ulink> C++ API for cairo."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4142(para)
msgid ""
"You can draw very sophisticated shapes using Cairo, but the methods to do so "
"are quite basic. Cairo provides methods for drawing straight lines, curved "
"lines, and arcs (including circles). These basic shapes can be combined to "
"create more complex shapes and paths which can be filled with solid colors, "
"gradients, patterns, and other things. In addition, Cairo can perform "
"complex transformations, do compositing of images, and render antialiased "
"text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4152(title)
msgid "Cairo and Pango"
msgstr "Cairo y Pango"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4153(para)
msgid ""
"Although Cairo can render text, it's not meant to be a replacement for "
"Pango. Pango is a better choice if you need to perform more advanced text "
"rendering such as wrapping or ellipsizing text. Drawing text with Cairo "
"should only be done if the text is part of a graphic."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4158(para)
msgid ""
"In this section of the tutorial, we'll cover the basic Cairo drawing model, "
"describe each of the basic drawing elements in some detail (with examples), "
"and then present a simple application that uses Cairo to draw a custom clock "
"widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4165(title)
msgid "The Cairo Drawing Model"
msgstr "El modelo de dibujo de Cairo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4166(para)
msgid ""
"The basic concept of drawing in Cairo involves defining 'invisible' paths "
"and then stroking or filling them to make them visible."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4170(para)
msgid ""
"To do any drawing in <application>gtkmm</application> with Cairo, you must "
"first create a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> object. This class "
"holds all of the graphics state parameters that describe how drawing is to "
"be done. This includes information such as line width, color, the surface to "
"draw to, and many other things. This allows the actual drawing functions to "
"take fewer arguments to simplify the interface. In <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> is created by calling "
"the <methodname>Gdk::Window::create_cairo_context()</methodname> function. "
"Since Cairo contexts are reference-counted objects, this function returns a "
"<classname>Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt;</classname> object."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4183(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows how to set up a Cairo context with a foreground "
"color of red and a width of 2. Any drawing functions that use this context "
"will use these settings."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4188(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Gtk::DrawingArea myArea;\n"
"Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt; myContext = myArea.get_window()-&gt;create_cairo_context();\n"
"myContext-&gt;set_source_rgb(1.0, 0.0, 0.0);\n"
"myContext-&gt;set_line_width(2.0);"
msgstr ""
"Gtk::DrawingArea myArea;\n"
"Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt; myContext = myArea.get_window()-&gt;create_cairo_context();\n"
"myContext-&gt;set_source_rgb(1.0, 0.0, 0.0);\n"
"myContext-&gt;set_line_width(2.0);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4192(para)
msgid ""
"Each <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> is associated with a particular "
"<classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, so the first line of the above example "
"creates a <classname>Gtk::DrawingArea</classname> widget and the second line "
"uses its associated <classname>Gdk::Window</classname> to create a "
"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname> object. The final two lines change the "
"graphics state of the context."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4201(para)
msgid ""
"There are a number of graphics state variables that can be set for a Cairo "
"context. The most common context attributes are color (using "
"<methodname>set_source_rgb()</methodname> or <methodname>set_source_rgba()</"
"methodname> for translucent colors), line width (using "
"<methodname>set_line_width()</methodname>), line dash pattern (using "
"<methodname>set_dash()</methodname>), line cap style (using "
"<methodname>set_line_cap()</methodname>), and line join style (using "
"<methodname>set_line_join()</methodname>), and font styles (using "
"<methodname>set_font_size()</methodname>, <methodname>set_font_face()</"
"methodname> and others). There are many other settings as well, such as "
"transformation matrices, fill rules, whether to perform antialiasing, and "
"others. For further information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www."
"cairographics.org/cairomm/\">cairomm</ulink> API documentation."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4233(para)
msgid ""
"It is good practice to put all modifications to the graphics state between "
"<methodname>save()</methodname>/<methodname>restore()</methodname> function "
"calls. For example, if you have a function that takes a <classname>Cairo::"
"Context</classname> reference as an argument, you might implement it as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4239(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void doSomething(const Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt;&amp; context, int x)\n"
"{\n"
"    context-&gt;save();\n"
"    // change graphics state\n"
"    // peform drawing operations\n"
"    context-&gt;restore();\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"void hacerAlgo(const Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt;&amp; context, int x)\n"
"{\n"
"    context-&gt;save();\n"
"    // cambiar el estado de los gráficos\n"
"    // hacer operaciones de dibujo\n"
"    context-&gt;restore();\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4216(para)
msgid ""
"The current state of a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> can be saved to "
"an internal stack of saved states and later be restored to the state it was "
"in when you saved it. To do this, use the <methodname>save()</methodname> "
"method and the <methodname>restore()</methodname> method. This can be useful "
"if you need to temporarily change the line width and color (or any other "
"graphics setting) in order to draw something and then return to the previous "
"settings. In this situation, you could call <methodname>Cairo::Context::save"
"()</methodname>, change the graphics settings, draw the lines, and then call "
"<methodname>Cairo::Context::restore()</methodname> to restore the original "
"graphics state. Multiple calls to <methodname>save()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>restore()</methodname> can be nested; each call to "
"<methodname>restore()</methodname> restores the state from the matching "
"paired <methodname>save()</methodname>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4248(para)
msgid ""
"The virtual <methodname>on_draw()</methodname> method provides a Cairo "
"context that you shall use for drawing in the <classname>Gtk::DrawingArea</"
"classname> widget. It is not necessary to save and restore this Cairo "
"context in <methodname>on_draw()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4256(title)
msgid "Drawing Straight Lines"
msgstr "Dibujar Lineas Rectas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4265(para)
msgid ""
"Since the Cairo graphics library was written with support for multiple "
"output targets (the X window system, PNG images, OpenGL, etc), there is a "
"distinction between user-space and device-space coordinates. The mapping "
"between these two coordinate systems defaults to one-to-one so that integer "
"values map roughly to pixels on the screen, but this setting can be adjusted "
"if desired. Sometimes it may be useful to scale the coordinates so that the "
"full width and height of a window both range from 0 to 1 (the 'unit square') "
"or some other mapping that works for your application. This can be done with "
"the <methodname>Cairo::Context::scale()</methodname> function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4257(para)
msgid ""
"Now that we understand the basics of the Cairo graphics library, we're "
"almost ready to start drawing. We'll start with the simplest of drawing "
"elements: the straight line. But first you need to know a little bit about "
"Cairo's coordinate system. The origin of the Cairo coordinate system is "
"located in the upper-left corner of the window with positive x values to the "
"right and positive y values going down. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4280(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, we'll construct a small but fully functional "
"<application>gtkmm</application> program and draw some lines into the "
"window. The lines are drawn by creating a path and then stroking it. A path "
"is created using the functions <methodname>Cairo::Context::move_to()</"
"methodname> and <methodname>Cairo::Context::line_to()</methodname>. The "
"function <methodname>move_to()</methodname> is similar to the act of lifting "
"your pen off of the paper and placing it somewhere else -- no line is drawn "
"between the point you were at and the point you moved to. To draw a line "
"between two points, use the <methodname>line_to()</methodname> function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4292(para)
msgid ""
"After you've finished creating your path, you still haven't drawn anything "
"visible yet. To make the path visible, you must use the function "
"<methodname>stroke()</methodname> which will stroke the current path with "
"the line width and style specified in your <classname>Cairo::Context</"
"classname> object. After stroking, the current path will be cleared so that "
"you can start on your next path."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4301(para)
msgid ""
"Many Cairo drawing functions have a <methodname>_preserve()</methodname> "
"variant. Normally drawing functions such as <methodname>clip()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>fill()</methodname>, or <methodname>stroke()</methodname> will "
"clear the current path. If you use the <methodname>_preserve()</methodname> "
"variant, the current path will be retained so that you can use the same path "
"with the next drawing function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4311(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4401(title)
msgid "Drawing Area - Lines"
msgstr "Área de dibujo: líneas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4319(para)
msgid ""
"This program contains a single class, <classname>MyArea</classname>, which "
"is a subclass of <classname>Gtk::DrawingArea</classname> and contains an "
"<methodname>on_draw()</methodname> member function. This function is called "
"whenever the image in the drawing area needs to be redrawn. It is passed a "
"<classname>Cairo::RefPtr</classname> pointer to a <classname>Cairo::Context</"
"classname> that we use for the drawing. The actual drawing code sets the "
"color we want to use for drawing by using <methodname>set_source_rgb()</"
"methodname> which takes arguments defining the Red, Green, and Blue "
"components of the desired color (valid values are between 0 and 1). After "
"setting the color, we created a new path using the functions "
"<methodname>move_to()</methodname> and <methodname>line_to()</methodname>, "
"and then stroked this path with <methodname>stroke()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4336(title)
msgid "Drawing with relative coordinates"
msgstr "Dibujar con coordenadas relativas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4337(para)
msgid ""
"In the example above we drew everything using absolute coordinates. You can "
"also draw using relative coordinates. For a straight line, this is done with "
"the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::rel_line_to()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4343(title)
msgid "Line styles"
msgstr "Estilos de línea"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4344(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to drawing basic straight lines, there are a number of things "
"that you can customize about a line. You've already seen examples of setting "
"a line's color and width, but there are others as well."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4350(para)
msgid ""
"If you've drawn a series of lines that form a path, you may want them to "
"join together in a certain way. Cairo offers three different ways to join "
"lines together: Miter, Bevel, and Round. These are show below:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4357(title)
msgid "Different join types in Cairo"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4362(para)
msgid ""
"The line join style is set using the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::"
"set_line_join()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4366(para)
msgid ""
"Line ends can have different styles as well. The default style is for the "
"line to start and stop exactly at the destination points of the line. This "
"is called a Butt cap. The other options are Round (uses a round ending, with "
"the center of the circle at the end point) or Square (uses a squared ending, "
"with the center of the square at the end point). This setting is set using "
"the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::set_line_cap()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4376(para)
msgid ""
"There are other things you can customize as well, including creating dashed "
"lines and other things. For more information, see the Cairo API "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4384(title)
msgid "Drawing Curved Lines"
msgstr "Dibujar líneas curvas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4385(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to drawing straight lines Cairo allows you to easily draw curved "
"lines (technically a cubic Bézier spline) using the <methodname>Cairo::"
"Context::curve_to()</methodname> and <methodname>Cairo::Context::rel_curve_to"
"()</methodname> functions. These functions take coordinates for a "
"destination point as well as coordinates for two 'control' points. This is "
"best explained using an example, so let's dive in."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4396(para)
msgid ""
"This simple application draws a curve with Cairo and displays the control "
"points for each end of the curve."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4408(para)
msgid ""
"The only difference between this example and the straight line example is in "
"the <methodname>on_draw()</methodname> function, but there are a few new "
"concepts and functions introduced here, so let's examine them briefly."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4414(para)
msgid ""
"We make a call to <methodname>Cairo::Context::scale()</methodname>, passing "
"in the width and height of the drawing area. This scales the user-space "
"coordinate system such that the width and height of the widget are both "
"equal to 1.0 'units'. There's no particular reason to scale the coordinate "
"system in this case, but sometimes it can make drawing operations easier."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4423(para)
msgid ""
"The call to <methodname>Cairo::Context::curve_to()</methodname> should be "
"fairly self-explanatory. The first pair of coordinates define the control "
"point for the beginning of the curve. The second set of coordinates define "
"the control point for the end of the curve, and the last set of coordinates "
"define the destination point. To make the concept of control points a bit "
"easier to visualize, a line has been draw from each control point to the end-"
"point on the curve that it is associated with. Note that these control point "
"lines are both translucent. This is achieved with a variant of "
"<methodname>set_source_rgb()</methodname> called <methodname>set_source_rgba"
"()</methodname>. This function takes a fourth argument specifying the alpha "
"value of the color (valid values are between 0 and 1)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4441(title)
msgid "Drawing Arcs and Circles"
msgstr "Dibujar arcos y círculos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4442(para)
msgid ""
"With Cairo, the same function is used to draw arcs, circles, or ellipses: "
"<methodname>Cairo::Context::arc()</methodname>. This function takes five "
"arguments. The first two are the coordinates of the center point of the arc, "
"the third argument is the radius of the arc, and the final two arguments "
"define the start and end angle of the arc. All angles are defined in "
"radians, so drawing a circle is the same as drawing an arc from 0 to 2 * "
"M_PI radians. An angle of 0 is in the direction of the positive X axis (in "
"user-space). An angle of M_PI/2 radians (90 degrees) is in the direction of "
"the positive Y axis (in user-space). Angles increase in the direction from "
"the positive X axis toward the positive Y axis. So with the default "
"transformation matrix, angles increase in a clockwise direction. (Remember "
"that the positive Y axis points downwards.)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4463(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"context-&gt;save();\n"
"context-&gt;translate(x, y);\n"
"context-&gt;scale(width / 2.0, height / 2.0);\n"
"context-&gt;arc(0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2 * M_PI);\n"
"context-&gt;restore();"
msgstr ""
"context-&gt;save();\n"
"context-&gt;translate(x, y);\n"
"context-&gt;scale(width / 2.0, height / 2.0);\n"
"context-&gt;arc(0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2 * M_PI);\n"
"context-&gt;restore();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4457(para)
msgid ""
"To draw an ellipse, you can scale the current transformation matrix by "
"different amounts in the X and Y directions. For example, to draw an ellipse "
"with center at <varname>x</varname>, <varname>y</varname> and size "
"<varname>width</varname>, <varname>height</varname>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4471(para)
msgid ""
"Here's an example of a simple program that draws an arc, a circle and an "
"ellipse into a drawing area."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4476(title)
msgid "Drawing Area - Arcs"
msgstr "Área de dibujo: arcos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4485(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of things to note about this example code. Again, the "
"only real difference between this example and the previous ones is the "
"<methodname>on_draw()</methodname> function, so we'll limit our focus to "
"that function. In addition, the first part of the function is nearly "
"identical to the previous examples, so we'll skip that portion."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4493(para)
msgid ""
"Note that in this case, we've expressed nearly everything in terms of the "
"height and width of the window, including the width of the lines. Because of "
"this, when you resize the window, everything scales with the window. Also "
"note that there are three drawing sections in the function and each is "
"wrapped with a <methodname>save()</methodname>/<methodname>restore()</"
"methodname> pair so that we're back at a known state after each drawing."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4502(para)
msgid ""
"The section for drawing an arc introduces one new function, "
"<methodname>close_path()</methodname>. This function will in effect draw a "
"straight line from the current point back to the first point in the path. "
"There is a significant difference between calling <methodname>close_path()</"
"methodname> and manually drawing a line back to the starting point, however. "
"If you use <methodname>close_path()</methodname>, the lines will be nicely "
"joined together. If you use <methodname>line_to()</methodname> instead, the "
"lines will end at the same point, but Cairo won't do any special joining."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4515(title)
msgid "Drawing counter-clockwise"
msgstr "Dibujar en sentido anti-horario"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4516(para)
msgid ""
"The function <methodname>Cairo::Context::arc_negative()</methodname> is "
"exactly the same as <methodname>Cairo::Context::arc()</methodname> but the "
"angles go the opposite direction."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4528(title)
msgid "Drawing Text"
msgstr "Dibujar texto"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4530(title)
msgid "Drawing Text with Pango"
msgstr "Dibujar texto con Pango"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4531(para)
msgid ""
"Text is drawn via Pango Layouts. The easiest way to create a "
"<classname>Pango::Layout</classname> is to use <methodname>Gtk::Widget::"
"create_pango_layout()</methodname>. Once created, the layout can be "
"manipulated in various ways, including changing the text, font, etc. "
"Finally, the layout can be rendered using the <methodname>Pango::Layout::"
"show_in_cairo_context()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4540(para)
msgid ""
"The Printing chapter contains an <link linkend=\"sec-printing-example"
"\">example</link> of drawing text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4554(title)
msgid "Drawing Images"
msgstr "Dibujar imágenes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4555(para)
msgid ""
"There is a method for drawing from a <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> to a "
"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname>. A <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> "
"buffer is a useful wrapper around a collection of pixels, which can be read "
"from files, and manipulated in various ways."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4562(para)
msgid ""
"Probably the most common way of creating <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname>s "
"is to use <methodname>Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file()</methodname>, which "
"can read an image file, such as a png file into a pixbuf ready for rendering."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4569(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> can be rendered by setting it as the "
"source pattern of the Cairo context with <methodname>Gdk::Cairo::"
"set_source_pixbuf()</methodname>. Then draw the image with either "
"<methodname>Cairo::Context::paint()</methodname> (to draw the whole image), "
"or <methodname>Cairo::Context::rectangle()</methodname> and "
"<methodname>Cairo::Context::fill()</methodname> (to fill the specified "
"rectangle). <methodname>set_source_pixbuf()</methodname> is not a member of "
"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname>. It takes a <classname>Cairo::Context</"
"classname> as its first parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4580(para)
msgid ""
"Here is a small bit of code to tie it all together: (Note that usually you "
"wouldn't load the image every time in the draw signal handler! It's just "
"shown here to keep it all together.)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4585(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bool MyArea::on_draw(const Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt;&amp; cr)\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; image = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(\"myimage.png\");\n"
"  // Draw the image at 110, 90, except for the outermost 10 pixels.\n"
"  Gdk::Cairo::set_source_pixbuf(cr, image, 100, 80);\n"
"  cr-&gt;rectangle(110, 90, image-&gt;get_width()-20, image-&gt;get_height()-20);\n"
"  cr-&gt;fill();\n"
"  return true;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4596(para)
msgid "Here is an example of a simple program that draws an image."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4600(title)
msgid "Drawing Area - Image"
msgstr "Dibujar área: imagen"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4620(title)
msgid "Example Application: Creating a Clock with Cairo"
msgstr "Ejemplo de aplicación: crear un reloj con Cairo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4621(para)
msgid ""
"Now that we've covered the basics of drawing with Cairo, let's try to put it "
"all together and create a simple application that actually does something. "
"The following example uses Cairo to create a custom <classname>Clock</"
"classname> widget. The clock has a second hand, a minute hand, and an hour "
"hand, and updates itself every second."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4633(para)
msgid ""
"As before, almost all of the interesting stuff is done in the draw signal "
"handler <methodname>on_draw()</methodname>. Before we dig into the draw "
"signal handler, notice that the constructor for the <classname>Clock</"
"classname> widget connects a handler function <methodname>on_timeout()</"
"methodname> to a timer with a timeout period of 1000 milliseconds (1 "
"second). This means that <methodname>on_timeout()</methodname> will get "
"called once per second. The sole responsibility of this function is to "
"invalidate the window so that <application>gtkmm</application> will be "
"forced to redraw it."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4644(para)
msgid ""
"Now let's take a look at the code that performs the actual drawing. The "
"first section of <methodname>on_draw()</methodname> should be pretty "
"familiar by now. This example again scales the coordinate system to be a "
"unit square so that it's easier to draw the clock as a percentage of window "
"size so that it will automatically scale when the window size is adjusted. "
"Furthermore, the coordinate system is scaled over and down so that the (0, "
"0) coordinate is in the very center of the window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4654(para)
msgid ""
"The function <methodname>Cairo::Context::paint()</methodname> is used here "
"to set the background color of the window. This function takes no arguments "
"and fills the current surface (or the clipped portion of the surface) with "
"the source color currently active. After setting the background color of the "
"window, we draw a circle for the clock outline, fill it with white, and then "
"stroke the outline in black. Notice that both of these actions use the "
"<methodname>_preserve</methodname> variant to preserve the current path, and "
"then this same path is clipped to make sure than our next lines don't go "
"outside the outline of the clock."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4666(para)
msgid ""
"After drawing the outline, we go around the clock and draw ticks for every "
"hour, with a larger tick at 12, 3, 6, and 9. Now we're finally ready to "
"implement the time-keeping functionality of the clock, which simply involves "
"getting the current values for hours, minutes and seconds, and drawing the "
"hands at the correct angles."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4678(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> has several methods and signals which are "
"prefixed with \"drag_\". These are used for Drag and Drop."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4683(title)
msgid "Sources and Destinations"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4684(para)
msgid ""
"Things are dragged from <literal>sources</literal> to be dropped on "
"<literal>destinations</literal>. Each source and destination has infomation "
"about the data formats that it can send or receive, provided by "
"<classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> items. A drop destination will only "
"accept a dragged item if they both share a compatible <classname>Gtk::"
"TargetEntry</classname> item. Appropriate signals will then be emitted, "
"telling the signal handlers which <classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> "
"was used."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4697(para)
msgid "target: A name, such as \"STRING\""
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4698(para)
msgid ""
"info: An identifier which will be sent to your signals to tell you which "
"TargetEntry was used."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4699(para)
msgid ""
"flags: Used only for drag and drop, this specifies whether the data may be "
"dragged to other widgets and applications, or only to the same ones."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4694(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> objects contain this information: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4707(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Widgets</classname> can be identified as sources or destinations "
"using these <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> methods:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4711(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void drag_source_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
"      GdkModifierType start_button_mask, GdkDragAction actions);"
msgstr ""
"void drag_source_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
"      GdkModifierType start_button_mask, GdkDragAction actions);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4716(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>targets</literal> is a container of <classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</"
"classname> (<classname>std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</classname> or "
"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</classname>, for instance) "
"elements."
msgstr ""
"<literal>targets</literal> es un contenedor de elementos <classname>Gtk::"
"TargetEntry</classname> (<classname>std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</"
"classname> or <classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</classname>, "
"por ejemplo)."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4725(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>start_button_mask</literal> is an ORed combination of values, which "
"specify which modifier key or mouse button must be pressed to start the drag."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4732(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>actions</literal> is an ORed combination of values, which specified "
"which Drag and Drop operations will be possible from this source - for "
"instance, copy, move, or link. The user can choose between the actions by "
"using modifier keys, such as <keycap>Shift</keycap> to change from "
"<literal>copy</literal> to <literal>move</literal>, and this will be shown "
"by a different cursor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4743(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void drag_dest_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
"    GtkDestDefaults flags, GdkDragAction actions);"
msgstr ""
"void drag_dest_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
"    GtkDestDefaults flags, GdkDragAction actions);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4748(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>flags</literal> is an ORed combination of values which indicates "
"how the widget will respond visually to Drag and Drop items."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4754(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>actions</literal> indicates the Drag and Drop actions which this "
"destination can receive - see the description above."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4764(para)
msgid ""
"When a drop destination has accepted a dragged item, certain signals will be "
"emitted, depending on what action has been selected. For instance, the user "
"might have held down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to specify a "
"<literal>move</literal> rather than a <literal>copy</literal>. Remember that "
"the user can only select the actions which you have specified in your calls "
"to <methodname>drag_dest_set()</methodname> and <methodname>drag_source_set()"
"</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4775(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4898(title)
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "Copiar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4779(para)
msgid "<literal>drag_begin</literal>: Provides DragContext."
msgstr "<literal>drag_begin</literal>: proporciona DragContext."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4780(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>drag_motion</literal>: Provides DragContext and coordinates. You "
"can call the drag_status() method of the DragContext to indicate which "
"target will be accepted."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4781(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>drag_get</literal>: Provides <literal>info</literal> about the "
"dragged data format, and a <literal>GtkSelectionData</literal> structure, in "
"which you should put the requested data."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4782(para)
msgid "<literal>drag_drop</literal>: Provides DragContext and coordinates."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4783(para)
msgid "<literal>drag_end</literal>: Provides DragContext."
msgstr "<literal>drag_end</literal>: proporciona DragContext."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4776(para)
msgid ""
"The source widget will emit these signals, in this order: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4790(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>drag_data_received</literal>: Provides <literal>info</literal> "
"about the dragged data format, and a <literal>GtkSelectionData</literal> "
"structure which contains the dropped data. You should call the "
"<methodname>drag_finish()</methodname> method of the <literal>DragContext</"
"literal> to indicate whether the operation was successful."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4786(para)
msgid ""
"The destination widget will emit this signal, after the source destination "
"has emitted the <literal>drag_get</literal> signal: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4805(title)
msgid "Move"
msgstr "Mover"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4808(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>drag_delete</literal>: Gives the source the opportunity to delete "
"the original data if that's appropriate."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4806(para)
msgid ""
"During a <literal>move</literal>, the source widget will also emit this "
"signal: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Mientras se realice un <literal>movimiento</literal>, el widget origen "
"también emitirá esta señal: <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4822(title)
msgid "DragContext"
msgstr "DragContext"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4823(para)
msgid ""
"The drag and drop signals provide a DragContext, which contains some "
"information about the drag and drop operation and can be used to influence "
"the process. For instance, you can discover the source widget, or change the "
"drag and drop icon, by using the <methodname>set_icon()</methodname> "
"methods. More importantly, you should call the <methodname>drag_finish()</"
"methodname> method from your <literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal "
"handler to indicate whether the drop was successful."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4836(para)
msgid ""
"Here is a very simple example, demonstrating a drag and drop <literal>Copy</"
"literal> operation:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4847(para)
msgid "There is a more complex example in examples/dnd."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4856(title)
msgid "The Clipboard"
msgstr "El portapapeles"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4857(para)
msgid ""
"Simple text copy-paste functionality is provided for free by widgets such as "
"Gtk::Entry and Gtk::TextView, but you might need special code to deal with "
"your own data formats. For instance, a drawing program would need special "
"code to allow copy and paste within a view, or between documents."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4859(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> is a singleton. You can get the one "
"and only instance with <methodname>Gtk::Clipboard::get()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4864(para)
msgid ""
"So your application doesn't need to wait for clipboard operations, "
"particularly between the time when the user chooses Copy and then later "
"chooses Paste, most <classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> methods take "
"<classname>sigc::slot</classname>s which specify callback methods. When "
"<classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> is ready, it will call these methods, "
"either providing the requested data, or asking for data."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4876(title)
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "Objetivos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4877(para)
msgid ""
"Different applications contain different types of data, and they might make "
"that data available in a variety of formats. <application>gtkmm</"
"application> calls these data types <literal>target</literal>s."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4881(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, gedit can supply and receive the <literal>\"UTF8_STRING\"</"
"literal> target, so you can paste data into gedit from any application that "
"supplies that target. Or two different image editing applications might "
"supply and receive a variety of image formats as targets. As long as one "
"application can receive one of the targets that the other supplies then you "
"will be able to copy data from one to the other."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4885(para)
msgid ""
"A target can be in a variety of binary formats. This chapter, and the "
"examples, assume that the data is 8-bit text. This would allow us to use an "
"XML format for the clipboard data. However this would probably not be "
"appropriate for binary data such as images. <classname>Gtk::Clipboard</"
"classname> provides overloads that allow you to specify the format in more "
"detail if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4894(para)
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> API uses the "
"same mechanism. You should probably use the same data targets and formats "
"for both Clipboard and Drag and Drap operations."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4899(para)
msgid ""
"When the user asks to copy some data, you should tell the "
"<classname>Clipboard</classname> what targets are available, and provide the "
"callback methods that it can use to get the data. At this point you should "
"store a copy of the data, to be provided when the clipboard calls your "
"callback method in repsonse to a paste."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4908(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Clipboard&gt; refClipboard = Gtk::Clipboard::get();\n"
"\n"
"//Targets:\n"
"std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt; listTargets;\n"
"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"example_custom_target\") );\n"
"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"UTF8_STRING\") );\n"
"\n"
"refClipboard-&gt;set( listTargets,\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get),\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_clear) );"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Clipboard&gt; refClipboard = Gtk::Clipboard::get();\n"
"\n"
"//Objetivos:\n"
"std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt; listTargets;\n"
"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"example_custom_target\") );\n"
"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"UTF8_STRING\") );\n"
"\n"
"refClipboard-&gt;set( listTargets,\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get),\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_clear) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4919(para)
msgid ""
"Your callback will then provide the store data when the user chooses to "
"paste the data. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4921(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get(\n"
"    Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data, guint info)\n"
"{\n"
"  const Glib::ustring target = selection_data.get_target();\n"
"\n"
"  if(target == \"example_custom_target\")\n"
"    selection_data.set(\"example_custom_target\", m_ClipboardStore);\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get(\n"
"    Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data, guint info)\n"
"{\n"
"  const Glib::ustring target = selection_data.get_target();\n"
"\n"
"  if(target == \"example_custom_target\")\n"
"    selection_data.set(\"example_custom_target\", m_ClipboardStore);\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4929(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>ideal</literal> example below can supply more than one "
"clipboard target."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4933(para)
msgid ""
"The clear callback allows you to free the memory used by your stored data "
"when the clipboard replaces its data with something else."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4939(title)
msgid "Paste"
msgstr "Pegar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4940(para)
msgid ""
"When the user asks to paste data from the <classname>Clipboard</classname>, "
"you should request a specific format and provide a callback method which "
"will be called with the actual data. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4945(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"refClipboard-&gt;request_contents(\"example_custom_target\",\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received) );"
msgstr ""
"refClipboard-&gt;request_contents(\"example_custom_target\",\n"
"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4948(para)
msgid "Here is an example callback method:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4950(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received(\n"
"    const Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data)\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::ustring clipboard_data = selection_data.get_data_as_string();\n"
"  //Do something with the pasted data.\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received(\n"
"    const Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data)\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::ustring clipboard_data = selection_data.get_data_as_string();\n"
"  //Hacer algo con los datos pegados.\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4958(title)
msgid "Discovering the available targets"
msgstr "Descubrir los objetivos disponibles"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4959(para)
msgid ""
"To find out what targets are currently available on the "
"<classname>Clipboard</classname> for pasting, call the "
"<methodname>request_targets()</methodname> method, specifying a method to be "
"called with the information. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4965(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"refClipboard-&gt;request_targets( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
"    &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received_targets) );"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4968(para)
msgid ""
"In your callback, compare the list of available targets with those that your "
"application supports for pasting. You could enable or disable a Paste menu "
"item, depending on whether pasting is currently possible. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4971(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received_targets(\n"
"  const Glib::StringArrayHandle&amp; targets_array)\n"
"{\n"
"  // Get the list of available clipboard targets:\n"
"  std::list&lt;std::string&gt; targets = targets_array;\n"
"\n"
"  const bool bPasteIsPossible =\n"
"    std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(),\n"
"      example_target_custom) != targets.end();\n"
"\n"
"  // Enable/Disable the Paste button appropriately:\n"
"  m_Button_Paste.set_sensitive(bPasteIsPossible);\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4990(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5383(title)
msgid "Simple"
msgstr "Simple"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4991(para)
msgid ""
"This example allows copy and pasting of application-specific data, using the "
"standard text target. Although this is simple, it's not ideal because it "
"does not identify the <classname>Clipboard</classname> data as being of a "
"particular type."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4999(title)
msgid "Clipboard - Simple"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5009(title)
msgid "Ideal"
msgstr "Ideal"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5012(simpara)
msgid ""
"Defines a custom clipboard target, though the format of that target is still "
"text."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5013(simpara)
msgid ""
"It supports pasting of 2 targets - both the custom one and a text one that "
"creates an arbitrary text representation of the custom data."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5014(simpara)
msgid ""
"It uses <methodname>request_targets()</methodname> and the "
"<literal>owner_change</literal> signal and disables the Paste button if it "
"can't use anything on the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5010(para)
msgid "This is like the simple example, but it <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5019(title)
msgid "Clipboard - Ideal"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5035(title)
msgid "Printing"
msgstr "Impresión"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5037(para)
msgid ""
"At the application development level, <application>gtkmm</application>'s "
"printing API provides dialogs that are consistent across applications and "
"allows us of Cairo's common drawing API, with Pango-driven text rendering. "
"In the implementation of this common API, platform-specific backends and "
"printer-specific drivers are used."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5043(title)
msgid "PrintOperation"
msgstr "PrintOperation"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5045(para)
msgid ""
"The primary object is <classname>Gtk::PrintOperation</classname>, allocated "
"for each print operation. To handle page drawing connect to its signals, or "
"inherit from it and override the default virtual signal handlers. "
"<classname>PrintOperation</classname> automatically handles all the settings "
"affecting the print loop."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5062(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>begin_print</literal>: You must handle this signal, because this is "
"where you create and set up a <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> using the "
"provided <classname>Gtk::PrintContext</classname>, and break up your "
"printing output into pages."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5072(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>paginate</literal>: Pagination is potentially slow so if you need "
"to monitor it you can call the <methodname>PrintOperation::set_show_progress"
"()</methodname> method and handle this signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5086(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>request_page_setup</literal>: Provides a <classname>PrintContext</"
"classname>, page number and <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname>. Handle "
"this signal if you need to modify page setup on a per-page basis."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5095(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>draw_page</literal>: You must handle this signal, which provides a "
"<classname>PrintContext</classname> and a page number. The "
"<classname>PrintContext</classname> should be used to create a "
"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname> into which the provided page should be "
"drawn. To render text, iterate over the <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> "
"you created in the <literal>begin_print</literal> handler."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5081(para)
msgid ""
"For each page that needs to be rendered, the following signals are emitted: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5110(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>end_print</literal>: A handler for it is a safe place to free any "
"resources related to a <classname>PrintOperation</classname>. If you have "
"your custom class that inherits from <classname>PrintOperation</classname>, "
"it is naturally simpler to do it in the destructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5120(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>done</literal>: This signal is emitted when printing is finished, "
"meaning when the print data is spooled. Note that the provided <literal>Gtk::"
"PrintOperationResult</literal> may indicate that an error occurred. In any "
"case you probably want to notify the user about the final status."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5130(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>status_changed</literal>: Emitted whenever a print job's status "
"changes, until it is finished. Call the <methodname>PrintOperation::"
"set_track_print_status()</methodname> method to monitor the job status after "
"spooling. To see the status, use <methodname>get_status()</methodname> or "
"<methodname>get_status_string()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5056(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>PrintOperation::run()</methodname> method starts the print "
"loop, during which various signals are emitted: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5152(title)
msgid "Page setup"
msgstr "Configuración de página"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5154(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>PrintOperation</classname> class has a method called "
"<methodname>set_default_page_setup()</methodname> which selects the default "
"paper size, orientation and margins. To show a page setup dialog from your "
"application, use the <methodname>Gtk::run_page_setup_dialog()</methodname> "
"method, which returns a <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname> object with "
"the chosen settings. Use this object to update a <classname>PrintOperation</"
"classname> and to access the selected <classname>Gtk::PaperSize</classname>, "
"<literal>Gtk::PageOrientation</literal> and printer-specific margins."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5164(para)
msgid ""
"You should save the chosen <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname> so you can "
"use it again if the page setup dialog is shown again."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5168(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"//Within a class that inherits from Gtk::Window and keeps m_refPageSetup and m_refSettings as members...\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::PageSetup&gt; new_page_setup = Gtk::run_page_setup_dialog(*this, m_refPageSetup, m_refSettings);\n"
"m_refPageSetup = new_page_setup;\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5167(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5232(para)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9505(para)
msgid "For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5179(para)
msgid ""
"The Cairo coordinate system, in the <literal>draw_page</literal> handler, is "
"automatically rotated to the current page orientation. It is normally within "
"the printer margins, but you can change that via the "
"<methodname>PrintOperation::set_use_full_page()</methodname> method. The "
"default measurement unit is device pixels. To select other units, use the "
"<methodname>PrintOperation::set_unit()</methodname> method."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5191(title)
msgid "Rendering text"
msgstr "Renderizar texto"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5193(para)
msgid ""
"Text rendering is done using Pango. The <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> "
"object for printing should be created by calling the "
"<methodname>PrintContext::create_pango_layout()</methodname> method. The "
"<classname>PrintContext</classname> object also provides the page metrics, "
"via <methodname>get_width()</methodname> and <methodname>get_height()</"
"methodname>. The number of pages can be set with <methodname>PrintOperation::"
"set_n_pages()</methodname>. To actually render the Pango text in "
"<literal>on_draw_page</literal>, get a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> "
"with <methodname>PrintContext::get_cairo_context()</methodname> and show the "
"<classname>Pango::LayoutLine</classname>s that appear within the requested "
"page number."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5208(para)
msgid ""
"See <link linkend=\"sec-printing-example-simple\">an example</link> of "
"exactly how this can be done."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5216(title)
msgid "Asynchronous operations"
msgstr "Operaciones asíncronas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5218(para)
msgid ""
"By default, <methodname>PrintOperation::run()</methodname> returns when a "
"print operation is completed. If you need to run a non-blocking print "
"operation, call <methodname>PrintOperation::set_allow_async()</methodname>. "
"Note that <methodname>set_allow_async()</methodname> is not supported on all "
"platforms, however the <literal>done</literal> signal will still be emitted."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5225(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>run()</methodname> may return "
"<literal>PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS</literal>. To track status and "
"handle the result or error you need to implement signal handlers for the "
"<literal>done</literal> and <literal>status_changed</literal> signals:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5233(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// in class ExampleWindow's method...\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt; op = PrintOperation::create();\n"
"// ...set up op...\n"
"op-&gt;signal_done().connect(sigc::bind(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_done), op));\n"
"// run the op\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5243(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_done(Gtk::PrintOperationResult result, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt;&amp; op)\n"
"{\n"
"  if (result == Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR)\n"
"    //notify user\n"
"  else if (result == Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY)\n"
"    //Update PrintSettings with the ones used in this PrintOperation\n"
"\n"
"  if (! op-&gt;is_finished())\n"
"    op-&gt;signal_status_changed().connect(sigc::bind(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_status_changed), op));\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5242(para)
msgid ""
"Second, check for an error and connect to the <literal>status_changed</"
"literal> signal. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Segundo, comprobar si hay errores y conectar la señal "
"<literal>status_changed</literal>. Por ejemplo: <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5258(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_status_changed(const Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintFormOperation&gt;&amp; op)\n"
"{\n"
"  if (op-&gt;is_finished())\n"
"    //the print job is finished\n"
"  else\n"
"    //get the status with get_status() or get_status_string()\n"
"\n"
"  //update UI\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5257(para)
msgid "Finally, check the status. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Por último, comprobar el estado. Por ejemplo, <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5274(title)
msgid "Export to PDF"
msgstr "Exportar a PDF"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5278(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::PrintOperation&gt; op = Gtk::PrintOperation::create();\n"
"// ...set up op...\n"
"op-&gt;set_export_filename(\"test.pdf\");\n"
"Gtk::PrintOperationResult res = op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::PrintOperation&gt; op = Gtk::PrintOperation::create();\n"
"// ...configurar la operación...\n"
"op-&gt;set_export_filename(\"test.pdf\");\n"
"Gtk::PrintOperationResult res = op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5275(para)
msgid ""
"The 'Print to file' option is available in the print dialog, without the "
"need for extra implementation. However, it is sometimes useful to generate a "
"pdf file directly from code. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5290(title)
msgid "Extending the print dialog"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5297(para)
msgid ""
"Set the title of the tab via <methodname>PrintOperation::set_custom_tab_label"
"()</methodname>, create a new widget and return it from the "
"<literal>create_custom_widget</literal> signal handler. You'll probably want "
"this to be a container widget, packed with some others."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5307(para)
msgid ""
"Get the data from the widgets in the <literal>custom_widget_apply</literal> "
"signal handler."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5292(para)
msgid "You may add a custom tab to the print dialog: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5322(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Widget* CustomPrintOperation::on_create_custom_widget()\n"
"{\n"
"  set_custom_tab_label(\"My custom tab\");\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::HBox* hbox = new Gtk::HBox(false, 8);\n"
"  hbox-&gt;set_border_width(6);\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::Label* label = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Enter some text: \"));\n"
"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(*label, false, false);\n"
"  label-&gt;show();\n"
"\n"
"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(m_Entry, false, false);\n"
"  m_Entry.show();\n"
"\n"
"  return hbox;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"void CustomPrintOperation::on_custom_widget_apply(Gtk::Widget* /* widget */)\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::ustring user_input = m_Entry.get_text();\n"
"  //...\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Widget* CustomPrintOperation::on_create_custom_widget()\n"
"{\n"
"  set_custom_tab_label(\"Mi pestaña personalizada\");\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::HBox* hbox = new Gtk::HBox(false, 8);\n"
"  hbox-&gt;set_border_width(6);\n"
"\n"
"  Gtk::Label* label = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Introducir texto: \"));\n"
"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(*label, false, false);\n"
"  label-&gt;show();\n"
"\n"
"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(m_Entry, false, false);\n"
"  m_Entry.show();\n"
"\n"
"  return hbox;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"void CustomPrintOperation::on_custom_widget_apply(Gtk::Widget* /* widget */)\n"
"{\n"
"  Glib::ustring user_input = m_Entry.get_text();\n"
"  //...\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5315(para)
msgid ""
"Although the <literal>custom_widget_apply</literal> signal provides the "
"widget you previously created, to simplify things you can keep the widgets "
"you expect to contain some user input as class members. For example, let's "
"say you have a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> called <literal>m_Entry</"
"literal> as a member of your <classname>CustomPrintOperation</classname> "
"class: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5349(para)
msgid "The example in examples/book/printing/advanced demonstrates this."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5356(title)
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "Vista previa"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5362(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// in a class that inherits from Gtk::Window...\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt; op = PrintOperation::create();\n"
"// ...set up op...\n"
"op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW, *this);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"// en una clase que hereda de Gtk::Window...\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt; op = PrintOperation::create();\n"
"// ...configurar la operación...\n"
"op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW, *this);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5358(para)
msgid ""
"The native GTK+ print dialog has a preview button, but you may also start a "
"preview directly from an application: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5370(para)
msgid ""
"On Unix, the default preview handler uses an external viewer program. On "
"Windows, the native preview dialog will be shown. If necessary you may "
"override this behaviour and provide a custom preview dialog. See the example "
"located in /examples/book/printing/advanced."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5385(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates how to print some input from a user "
"interface. It shows how to implement <literal>on_begin_print</literal> and "
"<literal>on_draw_page</literal>, as well as how to track print status and "
"update the print settings."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5393(title)
msgid "Printing - Simple"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5408(title)
msgid "Recently Used Documents"
msgstr "Documentos usados recientemente"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5410(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> provides an easy way to manage recently "
"used documents. The classes involved in implementing this functionality are "
"<classname>RecentManager</classname>, <classname>RecentChooserDialog</"
"classname>, <classname>RecentChooserMenu</classname>, "
"<classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname>, <classname>RecentAction</"
"classname>, and <classname>RecentFilter</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5420(para)
msgid ""
"Each item in the list of recently used files is identified by its URI, and "
"can have associated metadata. The metadata can be used to specify how the "
"file should be displayed, a description of the file, its mime type, which "
"application registered it, whether it's private to the registering "
"application, and several other things."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5428(title)
msgid "RecentManager"
msgstr "RecentManager"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5429(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RecentManager</classname> acts as a database of recently used "
"files. You use this class to register new files, remove files from the list, "
"or look up recently used files. There is one list of recently used files per "
"user."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5435(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a new <classname>RecentManager</classname>, but you'll most "
"likely just want to use the default one. You can get a reference to the "
"default <classname>RecentManager</classname> with <methodname>get_default()</"
"methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5441(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RecentManager</classname> is the model of a model-view pattern, "
"where the view is a class that implements the <classname>RecentChooser</"
"classname> interface."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5447(title)
msgid "Adding Items to the List of Recent Files"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5448(para)
msgid ""
"To add a new file to the list of recent documents, in the simplest case, you "
"only need to provide the URI. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5452(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentManager&gt; recent_manager = Gtk::RecentManager::get_default();\n"
"recent_manager-&gt;add_item(uri);"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentManager&gt; recent_manager = Gtk::RecentManager::get_default();\n"
"recent_manager-&gt;add_item(uri);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5454(para)
msgid ""
"If you want to register a file with metadata, you can pass a "
"<classname>RecentManager::Data</classname> parameter to <methodname>add_item"
"()</methodname>. The metadata that can be set on a particular file item is "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5462(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>app_exec</varname>: The command line to be used to launch this "
"resource. This string may contain the \"f\" and \"u\" escape characters "
"which will be expanded to the resource file path and URI respectively"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5468(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>app_name</varname>: The name of the application that registered the "
"resource"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5472(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>description</varname>: A short description of the resource as a UTF-"
"8 encoded string"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5476(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>display_name</varname>: The name of the resource to be used for "
"display as a UTF-8 encoded string"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5480(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>groups</varname>: A list of groups associated with this item. "
"Groups are essentially arbitrary strings associated with a particular "
"resource. They can be thought of as 'categories' (such as \"email\", "
"\"graphics\", etc) or tags for the resource."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5486(para)
msgid ""
"<varname>is_private</varname>: Whether this resource should be visible only "
"to applications that have registered it or not"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5490(para)
msgid "<varname>mime_type</varname>: The MIME type of the resource"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5493(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to adding items to the list, you can also look up items from the "
"list and modify or remove items."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5499(title)
msgid "Looking up Items in the List of Recent Files"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5500(para)
msgid ""
"To look up recently used files, <classname>RecentManager</classname> "
"provides several functions. To look up a specific item by its URI, you can "
"use the <methodname>lookup_item()</methodname> function, which will return a "
"<classname>RecentInfo</classname> class. If the specified URI did not exist "
"in the list of recent files, <methodname>lookup_item()</methodname> throws a "
"<classname>RecentManagerError</classname> exception. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5509(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentInfo&gt; info;\n"
"try\n"
"{\n"
"  info = recent_manager-&gt;lookup_item(uri);\n"
"}\n"
"catch(const Gtk::RecentManagerError&amp; ex)\n"
"{\n"
"  std::cerr &lt;&lt; \"RecentManagerError: \" &lt;&lt; ex.what() &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"}\n"
"if (info)\n"
"{\n"
"  // item was found\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentInfo&gt; info;\n"
"try\n"
"{\n"
"  info = recent_manager-&gt;lookup_item(uri);\n"
"}\n"
"catch(const Gtk::RecentManagerError&amp; ex)\n"
"{\n"
"  std::cerr &lt;&lt; \"RecentManagerError: \" &lt;&lt; ex.what() &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"}\n"
"if (info)\n"
"{\n"
"  // No se encontró el elemento\n"
"}"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5522(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>RecentInfo</classname> object is essentially an object "
"containing all of the metadata about a single recently-used file. You can "
"use this object to look up any of the properties listed <link linkend=\"list-"
"file-metadata\">above</link>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5528(para)
msgid ""
"If you don't want to look for a specific URI, but instead want to get a list "
"of all recently used items, <classname>RecentManager</classname> provides "
"the <methodname>get_items()</methodname> function. The return value of this "
"function is a <classname>std::vector</classname> of all recently used files. "
"The following code demonstrates how you might get a list of recently used "
"files:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5536(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "std::vector&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentInfo&gt; &gt; info_list = recent_manager-&gt;get_items();"
msgstr "std::vector&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentInfo&gt; &gt; info_list = recent_manager-&gt;get_items();"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5537(para)
msgid ""
"The maximum age of items in the recently used files list can be set with "
"<methodname>Gtk::Settings::property_gtk_recent_files_max_age()</methodname>. "
"Default value: 30 days."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5544(title)
msgid "Modifying the List of Recent Files"
msgstr "Modificar la lista de archivos recientes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5545(para)
msgid ""
"There may be times when you need to modify the list of recent files. For "
"instance, if a file is moved or renamed, you may need to update the file's "
"location in the recent files list so that it doesn't point to an incorrect "
"location. You can update an item's location by using <methodname>move_item()"
"</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5552(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to changing a file's URI, you can also remove items from the "
"list, either one at a time or by clearing them all at once. The former is "
"accomplished with <methodname>remove_item()</methodname>, the latter with "
"<methodname>purge_items()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5559(para)
msgid ""
"The functions <methodname>move_item()</methodname>, <methodname>remove_item()"
"</methodname> and <methodname>purge_items()</methodname> have no effect on "
"the actual files that are referred to by the URIs, they only modify the list "
"of recent files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5571(title)
msgid "RecentChooser"
msgstr "RecentChooser"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5572(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RecentChooser</classname> is an interface that can be implemented "
"by widgets displaying the list of recently used files. <application>gtkmm</"
"application> provides four built-in implementations for choosing recent "
"files: <classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname>, "
"<classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname>, <classname>RecentChooserMenu</"
"classname>, and <classname>RecentAction</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5581(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname> is a simple widget for displaying "
"a list of recently used files. <classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname> is "
"the basic building block for <classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname>, but "
"you can embed it into your user interface if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5588(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>RecentChooserMenu</classname> and <classname>RecentAction</"
"classname> allow you to list recently used files as a menu."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5594(title)
msgid "Simple RecentChooserDialog example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de RecentChooserDialog"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5595(para)
msgid ""
"Shown below is a simple example of how to use the "
"<classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname> and the <classname>RecentAction</"
"classname> classes in a program. This simple program has a menubar with a "
"<guimenuitem>Recent Files Dialog</guimenuitem> menu item. When you select "
"this menu item, a dialog pops up showing the list of recently used files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5605(para)
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you're using a program that uses the Recent Files "
"framework, the dialog may be empty at first. Otherwise it should show the "
"list of recently used documents registered by other applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5612(para)
msgid ""
"After selecting the <guimenuitem>Recent Files Dialog</guimenuitem> menu "
"item, you should see something similar to the following window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5621(para)
msgid ""
"The constructor for <classname>ExampleWindow</classname> creates the menu "
"using <classname>UIManager</classname> (see <xref linkend=\"chapter-menus-"
"and-toolbars\"/> for more information). It then adds the menu and the "
"toolbar to the window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5629(title)
msgid "Filtering Recent Files"
msgstr "Filtrar los archivos recientes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5630(para)
msgid ""
"For any of the <classname>RecentChooser</classname> classes, if you don't "
"wish to display all of the items in the list of recent files, you can filter "
"the list to show only those that you want. You can filter the list with the "
"help of the <classname>RecentFilter</classname> class. This class allows you "
"to filter recent files by their name (<methodname>add_pattern()</"
"methodname>), their mime type (<methodname>add_mime_type()</methodname>), "
"the application that registered them (<methodname>add_application()</"
"methodname>), or by a custom filter function (<methodname>add_custom()</"
"methodname>). It also provides the ability to filter based on how long ago "
"the file was modified and which groups it belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5643(para)
msgid ""
"After you've created and set up the filter to match only the items you want, "
"you can apply a filter to a chooser widget with the "
"<methodname>RecentChooser::add_filter()</methodname> function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5653(title)
msgid "Plugs and Sockets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5655(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5812(title)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vista general"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5656(para)
msgid ""
"From time to time, it may be useful to be able to embed a widget from "
"another application within your application. <application>gtkmm</"
"application> allows you to do this with the <classname>Gtk::Socket</"
"classname> and <classname>Gtk::Plug</classname> classes. It is not "
"anticipated that very many applications will need this functionality, but in "
"the rare case that you need to display a widget that is running in a "
"completely different process, these classes can be very helpful."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5665(para)
msgid ""
"The communication between a <classname>Socket</classname> and a "
"<classname>Plug</classname> follows the XEmbed protocol. This protocol has "
"also been implemented in other toolkits (e.g. Qt), which allows the same "
"level of integration when embedding a Qt widget in GTK+ or vice versa."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5671(para)
msgid ""
"The way that <classname>Sockets</classname> and <classname>Plugs</classname> "
"work together is through their window ids. Both a <classname>Socket</"
"classname> and a <classname>Plug</classname> have IDs that can be retrieved "
"with their <methodname>get_id()</methodname> member functions. The use of "
"these IDs will be explained below in <xref linkend=\"sec-connecting-plugs-"
"sockets\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5680(title)
msgid "Sockets"
msgstr "Sockets"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5681(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>Socket</classname> is a special kind of container widget that "
"provides the ability to embed widgets from one process into another process "
"in a way that is transparent to the user."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5688(title)
msgid "Plugs"
msgstr "Plugs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5689(para)
msgid ""
"A <classname>Plug</classname> is a special kind of Window that can be "
"plugged into a <classname>Socket</classname>. Besides the normal properties "
"and methods of <classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, a <classname>Plug</"
"classname> provides a constructor that takes the ID of a <classname>Socket</"
"classname>, which will automatically embed the <classname>Plug</classname> "
"into the <classname>Socket</classname> that matches that ID."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5698(para)
msgid ""
"Since a <classname>Plug</classname> is just a special type of "
"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname> class, you can add containers or widgets "
"to it like you would to any other window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5705(title)
msgid "Connecting Plugs and Sockets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5706(para)
msgid ""
"After a <classname>Socket</classname> or <classname>Plug</classname> object "
"is realized, you can obtain its ID with its <methodname>get_id()</"
"methodname> function. This ID can then be shared with other processes so "
"that other processes know how to connect to eachother."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5717(para)
msgid ""
"Create a <classname>Socket</classname> object in one process and pass the ID "
"of that <classname>Socket</classname> to another process so that it can "
"create a <classname>Plug</classname> object by specifying the given "
"<classname>Socket</classname> ID in its constructor. There is no way to "
"assign a <classname>Plug</classname> to a particular <classname>Socket</"
"classname> after creation, so you must pass the <classname>Socket</"
"classname> ID to the <classname>Plug</classname>'s constructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5730(para)
msgid ""
"Create a <classname>Plug</classname> independantly from any particular "
"<classname>Socket</classname> and pass the ID of the <classname>Plug</"
"classname> to other processes that need to use it. The ID of the "
"<classname>Plug</classname> can be associated with a particular "
"<classname>Socket</classname> object using the <methodname>Socket::add_id()</"
"methodname> function. This is the approach used in the example below."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5713(para)
msgid "There are two basic strategies that can be used: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5745(title)
msgid "Plugs and Sockets Example"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5746(para)
msgid ""
"The following is a simple example of using sockets and plugs. The method of "
"communication between processes is deliberately kept very simple: The "
"<classname>Plug</classname> writes its ID out to a text file named "
"<filename>plug.id</filename> and the process with the socket reads the ID "
"from this files. In a real program, you may want to use a more sophisticated "
"method of inter-process communication."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5755(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates two executable programs: <filename>socket</filename> "
"and <filename>plug</filename>. The idea is that <filename>socket</filename> "
"has an application window that will embed a widget from the <filename>plug</"
"filename> program. The way this example is designed, <filename>plug</"
"filename> must be running first before starting <filename>socket</filename>. "
"To see the example in action, execute the following commands in order from "
"within the example directory:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5764(para)
msgid ""
"Start the <filename>plug</filename> program and send it to the background "
"(or just use a different terminal)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5768(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ ./plug &amp;"
msgstr "$ ./plug &amp;"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5769(para)
msgid "After which you should see something like the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5772(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "The window ID is: 69206019"
msgstr "El ID de la ventana es: 69206019"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5773(para)
msgid "Then start the <filename>socket</filename> program:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5774(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ ./socket"
msgstr "$ ./socket"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5775(para)
msgid ""
"After starting <filename>socket</filename>, you should see the following "
"output in the terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5779(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"I've been embedded.\n"
"A plug was added"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5781(para)
msgid ""
"The first line of output is from <filename>plug</filename>, after it has "
"been notified that it has been embedded inside of a <classname>Socket</"
"classname>. The second line was emitted by <filename>socket</filename> in "
"response to its <methodname>plug_added</methodname> signal. If everything "
"was done as described above, the <filename>socket</filename> window should "
"look roughly like the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5793(para)
msgid ""
"If for some reason the <classname>Socket</classname> couldn't attach the "
"<classname>Plug</classname>, the window would look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5804(title)
msgid "Keyboard Events"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5805(para)
msgid ""
"X events differ in some ways from other signals. These differences are "
"described in the <link linkend=\"sec-xeventsignals\">X Event signals</link> "
"section in the appendix. Here we will use keyboard events to show how X "
"events can be used in a program."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5813(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever you press or release a key, an event is emitted. You can connect a "
"signal handler to handle such events."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5817(para)
msgid ""
"To receive the keyboard events, you must first call the <methodname>Gtk::"
"Widget::add_events()</methodname> function with a bit mask of the events "
"you're interested in. The event signal handler will receive an argument that "
"depends on the type of event. For keyboard events it's a <type>GdkEventKey*</"
"type>. As discribed in the <link linkend=\"sec-xeventsignals\">appendix</"
"link>, the event signal handler returns a <type>bool</type> value, to "
"indicate that the signal is fully handled (<literal>true</literal>) or allow "
"event propagation (<literal>false</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5828(para)
msgid ""
"To determine which key was pressed or released, you read the value of "
"<varname>GdkEventKey::keyval</varname> and compare it with a constant in the "
"<filename>&lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;</filename> header file. The states of "
"modifier keys (shift, ctrl, etc.) are available as bit-flags in "
"<varname>GdkEventKey::state</varname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5837(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bool on_key_press_or_release_event(GdkEventKey* event)\n"
"{\n"
"  if (event-&gt;type == GDK_KEY_PRESS &amp;&amp;\n"
"    event-&gt;keyval == GDK_KEY_1 &amp;&amp;\n"
"    (event-&gt;state &amp; (GDK_SHIFT_MASK | GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_MOD1_MASK)) == GDK_MOD1_MASK)\n"
"  {\n"
"    handle_alt_1_press(); // GDK_MOD1_MASK is normally the Alt key\n"
"    return true;\n"
"  }\n"
"  return false;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"Gtk::Entry m_entry; // in a class definition\n"
"\n"
"// in the class constructor\n"
"m_entry.signal_key_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_key_press_or_release_event) );\n"
"m_entry.signal_key_release_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_key_press_or_release_event) );\n"
"m_entry.add_events(Gdk::KEY_PRESS_MASK | Gdk::KEY_RELEASE_MASK);\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5835(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7887(para)
msgid "Here's a simple example: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5861(para)
msgid ""
"In this example there are three keyboard shortcuts: <keycap>Alt</keycap>"
"+<keycap>1</keycap> selects the first radio button, <keycap>Alt</keycap>"
"+<keycap>2</keycap> selects the second one, and the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key "
"hides (closes) the window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5869(title)
msgid "Keyboard Events - Simple"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5880(title)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Entry Completion"
msgid "Event Propagation"
msgstr "Completado de «Entry»"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5881(para)
msgid ""
"Event propagation means that, when an event is emitted on a particular "
"widget, it can be passed to its parent widget (and that widget can pass it "
"to its parent, and so on) and, if the parent has an event handler, that "
"handler will be called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5887(para)
msgid ""
"The event will propagate until it reaches the top-level widget, or until you "
"stop the propagation by returning <literal>true</literal> from an event "
"handler."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5892(para)
msgid ""
"Notice, that after canceling an event, no other function will be called "
"(even if it is from the same widget)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5899(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> and <classname>IconSet</classname> "
#| "and <classname>Gdk::Cursor</classname> are now used via <classname>Glib::"
#| "RefPtr</classname>."
msgid ""
"In this example there are three event handlers, one in the <classname>Gtk::"
"Entry</classname>, one in the <classname>Gtk::Grid</classname> and one in "
"the <classname>Gtk::Window</classname>."
msgstr ""
"<classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname>, <classname>IconSet</classname> y "
"<classname>Gdk::Cursor</classname> se usan ahora a través de "
"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname>."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5904(para)
msgid ""
"When you write in the entry, a key release event will be emitted first in "
"the <classname>Entry</classname> and, depending on whether we let it "
"propagate, it can reach the <classname>Grid</classname>'s and the "
"<classname>Window</classname>'s event handlers. If it propagates, the text "
"you're writing will appear in the <classname>Label</classname> above the "
"<classname>Entry</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5914(title)
msgid "Keyboard Events - Event Propagation"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5926(title)
msgid "Timeouts, I/O and Idle Functions"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5929(title)
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5931(para)
msgid ""
"You may be wondering how to make <application>gtkmm</application> do useful "
"work while it's idling along (well, sleeping actually) in <methodname>Gtk::"
"Main::run()</methodname>. Happily, you have several options. Using the "
"following methods you can create a timeout method that will be called every "
"few milliseconds."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5939(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection Glib::SignalTimeout::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, unsigned int interval, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection Glib::SignalTimeout::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, unsigned int interval, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5944(para)
msgid ""
"The first argument is a <classname>slot</classname> you wish to have called "
"when the timeout occurs. The second argument is the number of milliseconds "
"between calls to that method. You receive a <classname>sigc::connection</"
"classname> object that can be used to deactivate the connection using its "
"<methodname>disconnect()</methodname> method:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5954(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"my_connection.disconnect();\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"mi_conexion.disconnect();\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5966(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bool MyCallback() { std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World!\\n\" &lt;&lt; std::endl; return true; }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bool MyCallback() { std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hola Mundo\\n\" &lt;&lt; std::endl; return true; }\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5959(para)
msgid ""
"Another way of destroying the connection is your signal handler. It has to "
"be of the type <classname>sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;</classname>. As you see "
"from the definition your signal handler has to return a value of the type "
"<literal>bool</literal>. A definition of a sample method might look like "
"this: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5972(para)
msgid ""
"You can stop the timeout method by returning <literal>false</literal> from "
"your signal handler. Therefore, if you want your method to be called "
"repeatedly, it should return <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5978(para)
msgid "Here's an example of this technique:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5987(title)
msgid "Monitoring I/O"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5989(para)
msgid ""
"A nifty feature of Glib (one of the libraries underlying <application>gtkmm</"
"application>) is the ability to have it check for data on a file descriptor "
"for you. This is especially useful for networking applications. The "
"following method is used to do this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5997(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection Glib::SignalInput::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool,Glib::IOCondition&gt;&amp; slot,\n"
"                                    int fd, Glib::IOCondition condition,\n"
"                                    int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection Glib::SignalInput::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool,Glib::IOCondition&gt;&amp; slot,\n"
"                                    int fd, Glib::IOCondition condition,\n"
"                                    int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6004(para)
msgid ""
"The first argument is a slot you wish to have called when then the specified "
"event (see argument 3) occurs on the file descriptor you specify using "
"argument two. Argument three may be one or more (using <literal>|</literal>) "
"of:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6014(para)
msgid ""
"Glib::IO_IN - Call your method when there is data ready for reading on your "
"file descriptor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6022(para)
msgid ""
"Glib::IO_OUT - Call your method when the file descriptor is ready for "
"writing."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6030(para)
msgid ""
"Glib::IO_PRI - Call your method when the file descriptor has urgent data to "
"be read."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6037(para)
msgid ""
"Glib::IO_ERR - Call your method when an error has occurred on the file "
"descriptor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6044(para)
msgid ""
"Glib::IO_HUP - Call your method when hung up (the connection has been broken "
"usually for pipes and sockets)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6051(para)
msgid ""
"The return value is a <classname>sigc::connection</classname> that may be "
"used to stop monitoring this file descriptor using its <methodname>disconnect"
"()</methodname> method. The <parameter>slot</parameter> signal handler "
"should be declared as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6058(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bool input_callback(Glib::IOCondition condition);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bool input_callback(Glib::IOCondition condition);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6063(para)
msgid ""
"where <parameter>condition</parameter> is as specified above. As usual the "
"slot is created with <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> (for a member "
"method of an object.), or <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> (for a "
"function)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6070(para)
msgid ""
"A little example follows. To use the example just execute it from a "
"terminal; it doesn't create a window. It will create a pipe named "
"<literal>testfifo</literal> in the current directory. Then start another "
"shell and execute <literal>echo \"Hello\" &gt; testfifo</literal>. The "
"example will print each line you enter until you execute <literal>echo \"Q\" "
"&gt; testfifo</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6084(title)
msgid "Idle Functions"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6086(para)
msgid ""
"If you want to specify a method that gets called when nothing else is "
"happening, use the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6091(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection  Glib::SignalIdle::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sigc::connection  Glib::SignalIdle::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6096(para)
msgid ""
"This causes <application>gtkmm</application> to call the specified method "
"whenever nothing else is happening. You can add a priority (lower numbers "
"are higher priorities). There are two ways to remove the signal handler: "
"calling <methodname>disconnect()</methodname> on the <classname>sigc::"
"connection</classname> object, or returning <literal>false</literal> in the "
"signal handler, which should be declared as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6106(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bool idleFunc();\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bool idleFunc();\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6111(para)
msgid ""
"Since this is very similar to the methods above this explanation should be "
"sufficient to understand what's going on. However, here's a little example:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6118(para)
msgid ""
"This example points out the difference of idle and timeout methods a little. "
"If you need methods that are called periodically, and speed is not very "
"important, then you want timeout methods. If you want methods that are "
"called as often as possible (like calculating a fractal in background), then "
"use idle methods."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6126(para)
msgid ""
"Try executing the example and increasing the system load. The upper progress "
"bar will increase steadily; the lower one will slow down."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6136(title)
msgid "Memory management"
msgstr "Gestión de la memoria"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6142(title)
msgid "Normal C++ memory management"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6144(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> allows the programmer to control the "
"lifetime (that is, the construction and destruction) of any widget in the "
"same manner as any other C++ object. This flexibility allows you to use "
"<literal>new</literal> and <literal>delete</literal> to create and destroy "
"objects dynamically or to use regular class members (that are destroyed "
"automatically when the class is destroyed) or to use local instances (that "
"are destroyed when the instance goes out of scope). This flexibility is not "
"present in some C++ GUI toolkits, which restrict the programmer to only a "
"subset of C++'s memory management features."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6156(para)
msgid "Here are some examples of normal C++ memory management:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6159(title)
msgid "Class Scope widgets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6161(para)
msgid ""
"If a programmer does not need dynamic memory allocation, automatic widgets "
"in class scope may be used. One advantage of automatic widgets in class "
"scope is that memory management is grouped in one place. The programmer does "
"not risk memory leaks from failing to <literal>delete</literal> a widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6168(para)
msgid ""
"The primary disadvantages of using class scope widgets are revealing the "
"class implementation rather than the class interface in the class header. "
"Class scope widgets also require Automatic widgets in class scope suffer the "
"same disadvantages as any other class scope automatic variable."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6176(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
"class Foo\n"
"{\n"
"private:\n"
"  Gtk::Button theButton;\n"
"  // will be destroyed when the Foo object is destroyed\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
"class Foo\n"
"{\n"
"private:\n"
"  Gtk::Button theButton;\n"
"  // se destruirá cuando se destruya el objeto Foo\n"
"};\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6189(title)
msgid "Function scope widgets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6197(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Button aButton;\n"
"  aButton.show();\n"
"  ...\n"
"  kit.run();\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Button aButton;\n"
"  aButton.show();\n"
"  ...\n"
"  kit.run();\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6191(para)
msgid ""
"If a programmer does not need a class scope widget, a function scope widget "
"may also be used. The advantages to function scope over class scope are the "
"increased data hiding and reduced dependencies. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6209(title)
msgid "Dynamic allocation with new and delete"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6211(para)
msgid ""
"Although, in most cases, the programmer will prefer to allow containers to "
"automatically destroy their children using <function>manage()</function> "
"(see below), the programmer is not required to use <function>manage()</"
"function>. The traditional <literal>new</literal> and <literal>delete</"
"literal> operators may also be used."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6221(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"Test\");\n"
"\n"
"// do something useful with pButton\n"
"\n"
"delete pButton;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"Test\");\n"
"\n"
"// hacer algo útil con pButton\n"
"\n"
"delete pButton;\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6219(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/> Here, the programmer deletes pButton to prevent a memory "
"leak."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6236(title)
msgid "Managed Widgets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6238(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can let a widget's container control when the widget is "
"destroyed. In most cases, you want a widget to last only as long as the "
"container it is in. To delegate the management of a widget's lifetime to its "
"container, first create it with <function>manage()</function> and pack it "
"into its container with <methodname>add()</methodname>. Now, the widget will "
"be destroyed whenever its container is destroyed."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6248(title)
msgid "Dynamic allocation with manage() and add()"
msgstr "Asignación dinamica mediante el uso de manage() y add()"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6250(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> provides the <function>manage()</function> "
"function and <methodname>add()</methodname> methods to create and destroy "
"widgets. Every widget except a top-level window must be added or packed into "
"a container in order to be displayed. The <function>manage()</function> "
"function marks a packed widget so that when the widget is added to a "
"container, the container becomes responsible for deleting the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6260(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"MyWidget::MyWidget()\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Button* pButton = manage(new Gtk::Button(\"Test\"));\n"
"  add(*pButton); //add aButton to MyWidget\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"MyWidget::MyWidget()\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Button* pButton = manage(new Gtk::Button(\"Test\"));\n"
"  add(*pButton); //añadir un botón a MyWidget\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6259(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/> Now, when objects of type <classname>MyWidget</classname> "
"are destroyed, the button will also be deleted. It is no longer necessary to "
"delete pButton to free the button's memory; its deletion has been delegated "
"to the <classname>MyWidget</classname> object."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6274(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> also provides the <methodname>set_manage()</"
"methodname> method for all widgets. This can be used to generate the same "
"result as <function>manage()</function>, but is more tedious:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6280(para)
msgid "foo.add( (w=new Gtk::Label(\"Hello\"), w-&gt;set_manage(), &amp;w) );"
msgstr "foo.add( (w=new Gtk::Label(\"Hola\"), w-&gt;set_manage(), &amp;w) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6284(para)
msgid "is the same as"
msgstr "es lo mismo que"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6288(para)
msgid "foo.add( manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Hello\")) );"
msgstr "foo.add( manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Hola\")) );"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6292(para)
msgid ""
"Of course, a top level container will not be added to another container. The "
"programmer is responsible for destroying the top level container using one "
"of the traditional C++ techniques. For instance, your top-level Window might "
"just be an instance in your <function>main()</function> function.."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6304(title)
msgid "Shared resources"
msgstr "Recursos compartidos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6306(para)
msgid ""
"Some objects, such as <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname>s and "
"<classname>Pango::Font</classname>s, are obtained from a shared store. "
"Therefore you cannot instantiate your own instances. These classes typically "
"inherit from <classname>Glib::Object</classname>. Rather than requiring you "
"to reference and unreference these objects, <application>gtkmm</application> "
"uses the <classname>Glib::RefPtr&lt;&gt;</classname> smartpointer. Cairomm "
"has its own smartpointer, <classname>Cairo::RefPtr&lt;&gt;</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6319(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; pixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; pixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(nombre_de_archivo);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6316(para)
msgid ""
"Objects such as <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> can only be instantiated "
"with a <methodname>create()</methodname> function. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6328(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"int width = 0;\n"
"if(pixbuf)\n"
"{\n"
"  width = pixbuf-&gt;get_width();\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"int width = 0;\n"
"if(pixbuf)\n"
"{\n"
"  width = pixbuf-&gt;get_width();\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6324(para)
msgid ""
"You have no way of getting a bare <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname>. In the "
"example, <varname>pixbuf</varname> is a smart pointer, so you can do this, "
"much like a normal pointer: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6337(para)
msgid ""
"When <varname>pixbuf</varname> goes out of scope an <methodname>unref()</"
"methodname> will happen in the background and you don't need to worry about "
"it anymore. There's no <literal>new</literal> so there's no <literal>delete</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6345(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; pixbuf2 = pixbuf;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; pixbuf2 = pixbuf;\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6343(para)
msgid ""
"If you copy a <classname>RefPtr</classname>, for instance <placeholder-1/> , "
"or if you pass it as a method argument or a return type, then "
"<classname>RefPtr</classname> will do any necessary referencing to ensure "
"that the instance will not be destroyed until the last <classname>RefPtr</"
"classname> has gone out of scope."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6353(para)
msgid ""
"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-refptr\">appendix</link> for detailed "
"information about RefPtr."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6358(para)
msgid "Bjarne Stroustrup, \"The C++ Programming Language\" - section 14.4.2"
msgstr "Bjarne Stroustrup, «The C++ Programming Language»: sección 14.4.2"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6361(para)
msgid "Nicolai M. Josuttis, \"The C++ Standard Library\" - section 4.2"
msgstr "Nicolai M. Josuttis, «The C++ Standard Library» - sección 4.2"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6354(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to learn more about smartpointers, you might look in these "
"books: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6372(title)
msgid "Glade and Gtk::Builder"
msgstr "Glade y Gtk::Builder"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6373(para)
msgid ""
"Although you can use C++ code to instantiate and arrange widgets, this can "
"soon become tedious and repetitive. And it requires a recompilation to show "
"changes. The <application>Glade</application> application allows you to "
"layout widgets on screen and then save an XML description of the "
"arrangement. Your application can then use the <application>Gtk::Builder</"
"application> API to load that XML file at runtime and obtain a pointer to "
"specifically named widget instances."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6386(simpara)
msgid "Less C++ code is required."
msgstr "Se requiere menos código en C++"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6387(simpara)
msgid "UI changes can be seen more quickly, so UIs are able to improve."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6388(simpara)
msgid "Designers without programming skills can create and edit UIs."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6383(para)
msgid "This has the following advantages: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6392(para)
msgid ""
"You still need C++ code to deal with User Interface changes triggered by "
"user actions, but using <application>Gtk::Builder</application> for the "
"widget layout allows you to focus on implementing that functionality."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6399(title)
msgid "Loading the .glade file"
msgstr "Cargar el archivo .glade"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6404(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basic.glade\");\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basico.glade\");\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6400(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Gtk::Builder</classname> must be used via a <classname>Glib::"
"RefPtr</classname>. Like all such classes, you need to use a "
"<methodname>create()</methodname> method to instantiate it. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/> This will instantiate the windows defined in the .glade "
"file, though they will not be shown immediately unless you have specified "
"that via the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> window in <application>Glade</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6413(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basic.glade\", \"treeview_products\");\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basico.glade\", \"treeview_products\");\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6412(para)
msgid ""
"To instantiate just one window, or just one of the child widgets, you can "
"specify the name of a widget as the second parameter. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6421(title)
msgid "Accessing widgets"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6429(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Dialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
"builder-&gt;get_widget(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Gtk::Dialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
"builder-&gt;get_widget(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6423(para)
msgid ""
"To access a widget, for instance to <methodname>show()</methodname> a "
"dialog, use the <methodname>get_widget()</methodname> method, providing the "
"widget's name. This name should be specified in the <application>Glade</"
"application> Properties window. If the widget could not be found, or is of "
"the wrong type, then the pointer will be set to 0. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6435(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Gtk::Builder</application> checks for a null pointer, and "
"checks that the widget is of the expected type, and will show warnings on "
"the command line about these."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6441(para)
msgid ""
"Remember that you are not instantiating a widget with <methodname>get_widget"
"()</methodname>, you are just obtaining a pointer to one that already "
"exists. You will always receive a pointer to the same instance when you call "
"<methodname>get_widget()</methodname> on the same <classname>Gtk::Builder</"
"classname>, with the same widget name. The widgets are instantiated during "
"<methodname>Gtk::Builder::create_from_file()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6450(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_widget()</methodname> returns child widgets that are "
"<function>manage()</function>ed (see the <link linkend=\"chapter-memory"
"\">Memory Management</link> chapter), so they will be deleted when their "
"parent container is deleted. So, if you get only a child widget from "
"<application>Gtk::Builder</application>, instead of a whole window, then you "
"must either put it in a <classname>Container</classname> or delete it. "
"<classname>Windows</classname> (such as <classname>Dialogs</classname>) "
"cannot be managed because they have no parent container, so you must delete "
"them at some point."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6464(para)
msgid ""
"This simple example shows how to load a <application>Glade</application> "
"file at runtime and access the widgets with <application>Gtk::Builder</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6477(title)
msgid "Using derived widgets"
msgstr "Usar widgets derivados"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6478(para)
msgid ""
"You can use <application>Glade</application> to layout your own custom "
"widgets derived from <application>gtkmm</application> widget classes. This "
"keeps your code organized and encapsulated. Of course you won't see the "
"exact appearance and properties of your derived widget in "
"<application>Glade</application>, but you can specify its location and child "
"widgets and the properties of its <application>gtkmm</application> base "
"class."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6487(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DerivedDialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
"builder-&gt;get_widget_derived(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DerivedDialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
"builder-&gt;get_widget_derived(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6486(para)
msgid ""
"Use <methodname>Gtk::Builder::get_widget_derived()</methodname> like so: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6493(para)
msgid ""
"Your derived class must have a constructor that takes a pointer to the "
"underlying C type, and the <classname>Gtk::Builder</classname> instance. All "
"relevant classes of <application>gtkmm</application> typedef their "
"underlying C type as <classname>BaseObjectType</classname> (<classname>Gtk::"
"Dialog</classname> typedefs <classname>BaseObjectType</classname> as "
"<type>GtkDialog</type>, for instance)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6503(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DerivedDialog::DerivedDialog(BaseObjectType* cobject, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt;&amp; builder)\n"
": Gtk::Dialog(cobject)\n"
"{\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DerivedDialog::DerivedDialog(BaseObjectType* cobject, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt;&amp; builder)\n"
": Gtk::Dialog(cobject)\n"
"{\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6500(para)
msgid ""
"You must call the base class's constructor in the initialization list, "
"providing the C pointer. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6515(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DerivedDialog::DerivedDialog(BaseObjectType* cobject, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt;&amp; builder)\n"
": Gtk::Dialog(cobject),\n"
"  m_builder(builder),\n"
"  m_pButton(0)\n"
"{\n"
"  //Get the Glade-instantiated Button, and connect a signal handler:\n"
"  m_builder-&gt;get_widget(\"quit_button\", m_pButton);\n"
"  if(m_pButton)\n"
"  {\n"
"    m_pButton-&gt;signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;DerivedDialog::on_button_quit) );\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6511(para)
msgid ""
"You could then encapsulate the manipulation of the child widgets in the "
"constructor of the derived class, maybe using <methodname>get_widget()</"
"methodname> or <methodname>get_widget_derived()</methodname> again. For "
"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6533(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows how to load a <application>Glade</application> file at "
"runtime and access the widgets via a derived class."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6546(title)
msgid "Internationalization and Localization"
msgstr "Internacionalización y localización"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6548(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> applications can easily support multiple "
"languages, including non-European languages such as Chinese and right-to-"
"left languages such as Arabic. An appropriately-written and translated "
"<application>gtkmm</application> application will use the appropriate "
"language at runtime based on the user's environment."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6554(para)
msgid ""
"You might not anticipate the need to support additional languages, but you "
"can never rule it out. And it's easier to develop the application properly "
"in the first place rather than retrofitting later."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6560(para)
msgid ""
"The process of writing source code that allows for translation is called "
"<literal>internationalization</literal>, often abbreviated to <literal>i18n</"
"literal>. The <literal>Localization</literal> process, sometimes abbreviated "
"as <literal>l10n</literal>, provides translated text for other languages, "
"based on that source code."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6568(para)
msgid ""
"The main activity in the internationalization process is finding strings "
"seen by users and marking them for translation. You do not need to do it all "
"at once - if you set up the necessary project infrastructure correctly then "
"your application will work normally regardless of how many strings you've "
"covered."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6576(para)
msgid ""
"String literals should be typed in the source code in English, but "
"surrounded by a macro. The <application>gettext</application> (or intltool) "
"utility can then extract the marked strings for tramslation, and substitute "
"the translated text at runtime."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6584(title)
msgid "Preparing your project"
msgstr "Preparar su proyecto"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6587(para)
msgid ""
"In the instructions below we will assume that you will not be using "
"<application>gettext</application> directly, but <application>intltool</"
"application>, which was written specifically for <literal>GNOME</literal>. "
"<application>intltool</application> uses <function>gettext()</function>, "
"which extracts strings from source code, but <application>intltool</"
"application> can also combine strings from other files, for example from "
"desktop menu details, and GUI resource files such as <application>Glade</"
"application> files, into standard <application>gettext</"
"application><filename>.pot/.po</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6598(para)
msgid ""
"We also assume that you are using autotools (e.g. <application>automake</"
"application> and <application>autoconf</application>) to build your project, "
"and that you are using <ulink url=\"http://svn.gnome.org/viewcvs/gnome-"
"common/trunk/autogen.sh?view=markup\"><literal>./autogen.sh</literal> from "
"<application>gnome-common</application></ulink>, which, among other things, "
"takes care of some <application>intltool</application> initialization."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6611(para)
msgid ""
"Create a sub-directory named <literal>po</literal> in your project's root "
"directory. This directory will eventually contain all of your translations. "
"Within it, create a file named <literal>LINGUAS</literal> and a file named "
"<literal>POTFILES.in</literal>. It is common practice to also create a "
"<literal>ChangeLog</literal> file in the <literal>po</literal> directory so "
"that translators can keep track of translation changes."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6621(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>LINGUAS</literal> contains an alphabetically sorted list of codes "
"identifying the languages for which your program is translated (comment "
"lines starting with a <literal>#</literal> are ignored). Each language code "
"listed in the <literal>LINGUAS</literal> file must have a corresponding "
"<literal>.po</literal> file. So, if your program has German and Japanese "
"translations, your <literal>LINGUAS</literal> file would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# keep this file sorted alphabetically, one language code per line\n"
"de\n"
"ja"
msgstr ""
"# mantenga este archivo ordenado alfabéticamente, un código de idioma por línea\n"
"de\n"
"ja"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6633(para)
msgid ""
"(In addition, you'd have the files <literal>ja.po</literal> and <literal>de."
"po</literal> in your <literal>po</literal> directory which contain the "
"German and Japanese translations, respectively.)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6640(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>POTFILES.in</literal> is a list of paths to all files which contain "
"strings marked up for translation, starting from the project root directory. "
"So for example, if your project sources were located in a subdirectory named "
"<literal>src</literal>, and you had two files that contained strings that "
"should be translated, your <literal>POTFILES.in</literal> file might look "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6649(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"src/main.cc\n"
"src/other.cc"
msgstr ""
"src/main.cc\n"
"src/other.cc"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6652(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using <application>gettext</application> directly, you can only "
"mark strings for translation if they are in source code file. However, if "
"you use <application>intltool</application>, you can mark strings for "
"translation in a variety of other file formats, including "
"<application>Glade</application> UI files, xml, <ulink url=\"http://"
"standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/\">.desktop files</"
"ulink> and several more. So, if you have designed some of the application UI "
"in <application>Glade</application> then also add your <filename>.glade</"
"filename> files to the list in <literal>POTFILES.in</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6665(para)
msgid ""
"Now that there is a place to put your translations, you need to initialize "
"<application>intltool</application> and <application>gettext</application>. "
"Add the following code to your <literal>configure.ac</literal>, substituting "
"'programname' with the name of your program:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6672(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([0.35.0])\n"
"\n"
"GETTEXT_PACKAGE=programname\n"
"AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)\n"
"AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETTEXT_PACKAGE], [\"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE\"],\n"
"                   [The domain to use with gettext])\n"
"AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT\n"
"\n"
"PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=[${datadir}/locale]\n"
"AC_SUBST(PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR)"
msgstr ""
"IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([0.35.0])\n"
"\n"
"GETTEXT_PACKAGE=nombre_programa\n"
"AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)\n"
"AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETTEXT_PACKAGE], [\"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE\"],\n"
"                   [El dominio que usar con gettext])\n"
"AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT\n"
"\n"
"PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=[${datadir}/locale]\n"
"AC_SUBST(PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6683(para)
msgid ""
"This <varname>PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR</varname> variable will be used later in "
"the <literal>Makefile.am</literal> file, to define a macro that will be used "
"when you initialize <application>gettext</application> in your source code."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6694(para)
msgid ""
"Add <literal>po</literal> to the <literal>SUBDIRS</literal> variable. "
"Without this, your translations won't get built and installed when you build "
"the program"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6701(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"INTLTOOL_FILES = intltool-extract.in \\\n"
"                 intltool-merge.in \\\n"
"                 intltool-update.in"
msgstr ""
"INTLTOOL_FILES = intltool-extract.in \\\n"
"                 intltool-merge.in \\\n"
"                 intltool-update.in"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6699(para)
msgid "Define <literal>INTLTOOL_FILES</literal> as: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6707(para)
msgid ""
"Add <literal>INTLTOOL_FILES</literal> to the <literal>EXTRA_DIST</literal> "
"list of files. This ensures that when you do a <command>make dist</command>, "
"these commands will be included in the source tarball."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6717(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DISTCLEANFILES = ... intltool-extract \\\n"
"                 intltool-merge \\\n"
"                 intltool-update \\\n"
"                 po/.intltool-merge-cache"
msgstr ""
"DISTCLEANFILES = ... intltool-extract \\\n"
"                 intltool-merge \\\n"
"                 intltool-update \\\n"
"                 po/.intltool-merge-cache"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6715(para)
msgid "Update your <literal>DISTCLEANFILES</literal>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6690(para)
msgid "In the top-level Makefile.am: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6726(para)
msgid ""
"In your <literal>src/Makefile.am</literal>, update your "
"<literal>AM_CPPFLAGS</literal> to add the following preprocessor macro "
"definition:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6731(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "AM_CPPFLAGS = ... -DPROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=\\\"${PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR}\\\""
msgstr "AM_CPPFLAGS = ... -DPROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=\\\"${PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR}\\\""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6732(para)
msgid ""
"This macro will be used when you initialize <literal>gettext</literal> in "
"your source code."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6739(title)
msgid "Marking strings for translation"
msgstr "Marcar cadenas para traducir"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6741(para)
msgid ""
"String literals should be typed in the source code in English, but they "
"should be surrounded by a call to the <function>gettext()</function> "
"function. These strings will be extracted for translation and the "
"translations may be used at runtime instead of the original English strings."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6749(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>GNU gettext</application> package allows you to mark "
"strings in source code, extract those strings for translation, and use the "
"translated strings in your application."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6761(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "display_message(\"Getting ready for i18n.\");"
msgstr "display_message(\"Listo para i18n.\");"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6763(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "display_message(_(\"Getting ready for i18n.\"));"
msgstr "display_message(_(\"Listo para i18n.\"));"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6755(para)
msgid ""
"However, <application>Glib</application> defines <function>gettext()</"
"function> support macros which are shorter wrappers in an easy-to-use form. "
"To use these macros, include <literal>&lt;glibmm/i18n.h&gt;</literal>, and "
"then, for example, substitute: <placeholder-1/> with: <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6774(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "xgettext -a -o my-strings --omit-header *.cc *.h"
msgstr "xgettext -a -o my-strings --omit-header *.cc *.h"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6766(para)
msgid ""
"For reference, it is possible to generate a file which contains all strings "
"which appear in your code, even if they are not marked for translation, "
"together with file name and line number references. To generate such a file "
"named <literal>my-strings</literal>, execute the following command, within "
"the source code directory: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6781(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bindtextdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR);\n"
"bind_textdomain_codeset(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, \"UTF-8\");\n"
"textdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE);"
msgstr ""
"bindtextdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR);\n"
"bind_textdomain_codeset(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, \"UTF-8\");\n"
"textdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE);"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6777(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, to let you program use the translation for the current locale, add "
"this code to the beginning of your <filename>main.cc</filename> file, to "
"initialize gettext. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6787(title)
msgid "How gettext works"
msgstr "Cómo funciona gettext"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6789(para)
msgid ""
"<application>intltool</application> / <application>xgettext</application> "
"script extracts the strings and puts them in a <filename>mypackage.pot</"
"filename> file. The translators of your application create their "
"translations by first copying this <filename>.pot</filename> file to a "
"<filename>localename.po</filename> file. A locale identifies a language and "
"an encoding for that language, including date and numerical formats. Later, "
"when the text in your source code has changed, the <literal>msmerge</"
"literal> script is used to update the <filename>localename.po</filename> "
"files from the regenerated <filename>.pot</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6803(para)
msgid ""
"At install time, the <filename>.po</filename> files are converted to a "
"binary format (with the extension <filename>.mo</filename>) and placed in a "
"system-wide directory for locale files, for example <filename>/usr/share/"
"locale/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6810(para)
msgid ""
"When the application runs, the <application>gettext</application> library "
"checks the system-wide directory to see if there is a <filename>.mo</"
"filename> file for the user's locale environment (you can set the locale "
"with, for instance, \"export LANG=de_DE.UTF-8\" from a bash console). Later, "
"when the program reaches a <literal>gettext</literal> call, it looks for a "
"translation of a particular string. If none is found, the original string is "
"used."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6822(title)
msgid "Testing and adding translations"
msgstr "Comprobar y añadir las traducciones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6829(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "intltool-update --pot"
msgstr "intltool-update --pot"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6824(para)
msgid ""
"To convince yourself that you've done well, you may wish to add a "
"translation for a new locale. In order to do that, go to the <filename>po</"
"filename> subdirectory of your project and execute the following command: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6832(para)
msgid ""
"That will create a file named <filename>programname.pot</filename>. Now copy "
"that file to <filename>languagecode.po</filename>, such as <filename>de.po</"
"filename> or <filename>hu.po</filename>. Also add that language code to "
"<literal>LINGUAS</literal>. The <filename>.po</filename> file contains a "
"header and a list of English strings, with space for the translated strings "
"to be entered. Make sure you set the encoding of the <filename>.po</"
"filename> file (specified in the header, but also as content) to "
"<literal>UTF-8</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6845(para)
msgid ""
"It's possible that certain strings will be marked as <literal>fuzzy</"
"literal> in the <filename>.po</filename> file. These translations will not "
"substitute the original string. To make them appear, simply remove the "
"<literal>fuzzy</literal> tag."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6855(title)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6864(ulink)
msgid "Internationalizing GNOME applications"
msgstr "Internacionalizar aplicaciones de GNOME"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6871(ulink)
msgid "Intltool README"
msgstr "README de intltool"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6877(ulink)
msgid "How to use GNOME CVS as a Translator"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6883(ulink)
msgid "gettext manual"
msgstr "manual de gettext"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6889(literal)
msgid "gtkmm_hello"
msgstr "gtkmm_hello"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6889(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6895(ulink)
msgid "<placeholder-1/> example package"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> paquete de ejemplo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6895(literal)
msgid "gnomemm_hello"
msgstr "gnomemm_hello"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6857(para)
msgid ""
"More information about what lies behind the internationalization and "
"localization process is presented and demonstrated in: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6905(title)
msgid "Expecting UTF8"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6906(para)
msgid ""
"A properly internationalized application will not make assumptions about the "
"number of bytes in a character. That means that you shouldn't use pointer "
"arithmetic to step through the characters in a string, and it means you "
"shouldn't use <classname>std::string</classname> or standard C functions "
"such as <function>strlen()</function> because they make the same assumption."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6913(para)
msgid ""
"However, you probably already avoid bare char* arrays and pointer arithmetic "
"by using <classname>std::string</classname>, so you just need to start using "
"<classname>Glib::ustring</classname> instead. See the <link linkend=\"sec-"
"basics-ustring\">Basics</link> chapter about <classname>Glib::ustring</"
"classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6921(title)
msgid "Glib::ustring and std::iostreams"
msgstr "Glib::ustring y std::iostreams"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6938(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"std::ostringstream output;\n"
"output.imbue(std::locale(\"\")); // use the user's locale for this stream\n"
"output &lt;&lt; percentage &lt;&lt; \" % done\";\n"
"label-&gt;set_text(Glib::locale_to_utf8(output.str()));"
msgstr ""
"std::ostringstream output;\n"
"output.imbue(std::locale(\"\")); // usar la configuración regional del usuario para este flujo\n"
"output &lt;&lt; percentage &lt;&lt; \" % done\";\n"
"label-&gt;set_text(Glib::locale_to_utf8(output.str()));"

#. <para>TODO: This section is not clear - it needs to spell things out more clearly and obviously.</para>
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6923(para)
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, the integration with the standard iostreams is not completely "
"foolproof. <application>gtkmm</application> converts <classname>Glib::"
"ustring</classname>s to a locale-specific encoding (which usually is not UTF-"
"8) if you output them to an <classname>ostream</classname> with "
"<function>operator&lt;&lt;</function>. Likewise, retrieving <classname>Glib::"
"ustrings</classname> from <classname>istream</classname> with "
"<function>operator&gt;&gt;</function> causes a conversion in the opposite "
"direction. But this scheme breaks down if you go through a <classname>std::"
"string</classname>, e.g. by inputting text from a stream to a "
"<classname>std::string</classname> and then implicitly converting it to a "
"<classname>Glib::ustring</classname>. If the string contained non-ASCII "
"characters and the current locale is not UTF-8 encoded, the result is a "
"corrupted <classname>Glib::ustring</classname>. You can work around this "
"with a manual conversion. For instance, to retrieve the <classname>std::"
"string</classname> from a <classname>ostringstream</classname>: <placeholder-"
"1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6948(title)
msgid "Pitfalls"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6950(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few common mistakes that you would discover eventually yourself. "
"But this section might help you to avoid them."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6953(title)
msgid "Same strings, different semantics"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6955(para)
msgid ""
"Sometimes two english strings are identical but have different meanings in "
"different contexts, so they would probably not be identical when translated. "
"Since the English strings are used as look-up keys, this causes problems."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6959(para)
msgid ""
"In these cases, you should add extra characters to the strings. For "
"instance, use <literal>\"jumps[noun]\"</literal> and <literal>\"jumps[verb]"
"\"</literal> instead of just <literal>\"jumps\"</literal>) and strip them "
"again outside the <function>gettext</function> call. If you add extra "
"characters you should also add a comment for the translators before the "
"<function>gettext</function> call. Such comments will be shown in the "
"<filename>.po</filename> files. For instance:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6969(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"// note to translators: don't translate the \"[noun]\" part - it is\n"
"// just here to distinguish the string from another \"jumps\" string\n"
"text = strip(gettext(\"jumps[noun]\"), \"[noun]\");"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6975(title)
msgid "Composition of strings"
msgstr "Composición de cadenas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6977(para)
msgid ""
"C programmers use <function>sprintf()</function> to compose and concatenate "
"strings. C++ favours streams, but unfortunately, this approach makes "
"translation difficult, because each fragment of text is translated "
"separately, without allowing the translators to rearrange them according to "
"the grammar of the language."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6984(para)
msgid "For instance, this code would be problematic:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6986(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"std::cout &lt;&lt; _(\"Current amount: \") &lt;&lt; amount\n"
"          &lt;&lt; _(\" Future: \") &lt;&lt; future &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"\n"
"label.set_text(_(\"Really delete \") + filename + _(\" now?\"));"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6991(para)
msgid ""
"So you should either avoid this situation or revert to the C-style "
"<function>sprintf()</function>. One possible solution is the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.cs.auc.dk/~olau/compose/\">compose library</ulink> which "
"supports syntax such as:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6998(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "label.set_text(compose(_(\"Really delete %1 now?\"), filename));"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7002(title)
msgid "Assuming the displayed size of strings"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7004(para)
msgid ""
"You never know how much space a string will take on screen when translated. "
"It might very possibly be twice the size of the original English string. "
"Luckily, most <application>gtkmm</application> widgets will expand at "
"runtime to the required size."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7008(title)
msgid "Unusual words"
msgstr "Palabras poco frecuentes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7010(para)
msgid ""
"You should avoid cryptic abbreviations, slang, or jargon. They are usually "
"difficult to translate, and are often difficult for even native speakers to "
"understand. For instance, prefer \"application\" to \"app\""
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7016(title)
msgid "Using non-ASCII characters in strings"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7018(para)
msgid ""
"Currently, <application>gettext</application> does not support non-ASCII "
"characters (i.e. any characters with a code above 127) in source code. For "
"instance, you cannot use the copyright sign (©)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7024(para)
msgid ""
"To work around this, you could write a comment in the source code just "
"before the string, telling the translators to use the special character if "
"it is available in their languages. For english, you could then make an "
"American English <filename>en_US.po</filename> translation which used that "
"special charactger."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7032(title)
msgid "Getting help with translations"
msgstr "Obtener ayuda con las traducciones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7034(para)
msgid ""
"If your program is free software, there is a whole <literal>GNOME</literal> "
"subproject devoted to helping you make translations, the <ulink url=\"http://"
"developer.gnome.org/projects/gtp/\"><literal>GNOME</literal> Translation "
"Project</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7039(para)
msgid ""
"The way it works is that you contact the gnome-i18n mailing list to find out "
"how the translators can access your <filename>po/</filename> subdirectory, "
"and to add your project to the big <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/"
"projects/gtp/status/\">status tables</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7046(para)
msgid ""
"Then you make sure you update the file <filename>POTFILES.in</filename> in "
"the <filename>po/</filename> subdirectory (<command>intltool-update -M</"
"command> can help with this) so that the translators always access updated "
"<filename>myprogram.pot</filename> files, and simply freeze the strings at "
"least a couple of days before you make a new release, announcing it on gnome-"
"i18n. Depending on the number of strings your program contains and how "
"popular it is, the translations will then start to tick in as "
"<filename>languagename.po</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7058(para)
msgid ""
"Note that most language teams only consist of 1-3 persons, so if your "
"program contains a lot of strings, it might last a while before anyone has "
"the time to look at it. Also, most translators do not want to waste their "
"time (translating is a very time-consuming task) so if they do not assess "
"your project as being really serious (in the sense that it is polished and "
"being maintained) they may decide to spend their time on some other project."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7070(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7188(title)
msgid "Custom Widgets"
msgstr "Widgets personalizados"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7072(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> makes it very easy to derive new widgets by "
"inheriting from an existing widget class, either by deriving from a "
"container and adding child widgets, or by deriving from a single-item "
"widget, and changing its behaviour. But you might occasionally find that no "
"suitable starting point already exists. In this case, you can implement a "
"widget from scratch."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7079(title)
msgid "Custom Containers"
msgstr "Contenedores personalizados"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7082(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_request_mode_vfunc()</methodname>: Return what <literal>Gtk::"
"SizeRequestMode</literal> is preferred by the container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7083(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate the minimum "
"and natural width of the container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7084(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate the minimum "
"and natural height of the container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7085(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_for_height_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate "
"the minimum and natural width of the container, if it would be given the "
"specified height."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7086(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_for_width_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate "
"the minimum and natural height of the container, if it would be given the "
"specified width."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7087(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname>: Position the child widgets, "
"given the height and width that the container has actually been given."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7088(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>forall_vfunc()</methodname>: Call the same callback for each of "
"the children."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7089(para)
msgid "<methodname>on_add()</methodname>: Add a child widget to the container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7090(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_remove()</methodname>: Remove a child widget from the "
"container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7091(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>child_type_vfunc()</methodname>: Return what type of child can "
"be added."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7080(para)
msgid ""
"When deriving from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, you should "
"override the following virtual methods: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7095(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>get_request_mode_vfunc()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_vfunc()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_vfunc()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_for_height_vfunc()</methodname>, "
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_for_width_vfunc()</methodname>, and "
"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname> virtual methods control the "
"layout of the child widgets. For instance, if your container has 2 child "
"widgets, with one below the other, your <methodname>get_request_mode_vfunc()"
"</methodname> might request height-for-width layout. Then your "
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_vfunc()</methodname> might report the "
"maximum of the widths of the child widgets, and "
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_for_width_vfunc()</methodname> might report "
"the sum of their heights. If you want padding between the child widgets then "
"you would add that to the width and height too. Your widget's container will "
"use this result to ensure that your widget gets enough space, and not less. "
"By examining each widget's parent, and its parent, this logic will "
"eventually decide the size of the top-level window."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7115(para)
msgid ""
"You are not guaranteed to get the <literal>Gtk::SizeRequestMode</literal> "
"that you request. Therefore all four of the "
"<methodname>get_preferred_xxx_vfunc()</methodname> methods must return "
"sensible values."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7120(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname> receives the actual height and "
"width that the parent container has decided to give to your widget. This "
"might be more than the minimum, or even more than the natural size, for "
"instance if the top-level window has been expanded. You might choose to "
"ignore the extra space and leave a blank area, or you might choose to expand "
"your child widgets to fill the space, or you might choose to expand the "
"padding between your widgets. It's your container, so you decide. Don't "
"forget to call <methodname>set_allocation()</methodname> inside your "
"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname> implementation to actually use "
"the allocated space that has been offered by the parent container."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7132(para)
msgid ""
"Unless your container is a top-level window that derives from "
"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, you should probably also call "
"<methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_has_window(false)</methodname> in your "
"constructor. This means that your container does not create its own "
"<classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, but uses its parent's window. (Note the "
"difference between <classname>Gtk::Window</classname> and <classname>Gdk::"
"Window</classname>.) If your container does need its own <classname>Gdk::"
"Window</classname>, and does not derive from <classname>Gtk::Window</"
"classname>, you must also override the <methodname>on_realize()</methodname> "
"method as described in the <link linkend=\"sec-custom-widgets\">Custom "
"Widgets</link> section. And unless your container draws directly onto the "
"underlying <classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, you should probably call "
"<methodname>set_redraw_on_allocate(false)</methodname> to improve "
"performance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7148(para)
msgid ""
"By overriding <methodname>forall_vfunc()</methodname> you can allow "
"applications to operate on all of the container's child widgets. For "
"instance, <methodname>show_all_children()</methodname> uses this to find all "
"the child widgets and show them."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7153(para)
msgid ""
"Although your container might have its own method to set the child widgets, "
"you should still provide an implementation for the virtual <methodname>on_add"
"()</methodname> and <methodname>on_remove()</methodname> methods from the "
"base class, so that the add() and remove() methods will do something "
"appropriate if they are called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7159(para)
msgid ""
"Your implementation of the <methodname>child_type_vfunc()</methodname> "
"method should report the type of widget that may be added to your container, "
"if it is not yet full. This is usually <methodname>Gtk::Widget::get_type()</"
"methodname> to indicate that the container may contain any class derived "
"from <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname>. If the container may not contain "
"any more widgets, then this method should return <literal>G_TYPE_NONE</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7171(para)
msgid ""
"This example implements a container with two child widgets, one above the "
"other. Of course, in this case it would be far simpler just to use a "
"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7176(title)
msgid "Custom Container"
msgstr "Contenedor personalizado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7189(para)
msgid ""
"By deriving directly from <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> you can do all "
"the drawing for your widget directly, instead of just arranging child "
"widgets. For instance, a <classname>Gtk::Label</classname> draws the text of "
"the label, but does not do this by using other widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7200(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_request_mode_vfunc()</methodname>: (optional) Return what "
"<literal>Gtk::SizeRequestMode</literal> is preferred by the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7201(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate the minimum "
"and natural width of the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7202(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate the minimum "
"and natural height of the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7203(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_width_for_height_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate "
"the minimum and natural width of the widget, if it would be given the "
"specified height."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7204(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>get_preferred_height_for_width_vfunc()</methodname>: Calculate "
"the minimum and natural height of the widget, if it would be given the "
"specified width."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7205(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname>: Position the widget, given the "
"height and width that it has actually been given."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7206(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_realize()</methodname>: Associate a <classname>Gdk::Window</"
"classname> with the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7207(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_unrealize()</methodname>: (optional) Break the association "
"with the <classname>Gdk::Window</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7208(para)
msgid "<methodname>on_map()</methodname>: (optional)"
msgstr "<methodname>on_map()</methodname>: (opcional)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7209(para)
msgid "<methodname>on_unmap()</methodname>: (optional)"
msgstr "<methodname>on_unmap()</methodname>: (opcional)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7210(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>on_draw()</methodname>: Draw on the supplied <classname>Cairo::"
"Context</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7195(para)
msgid ""
"When deriving from <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname>, you should override "
"the following virtual methods. The methods marked (optional) need not be "
"overridden in all custom widgets. The base class's methods may be "
"appropriate. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7214(para)
msgid ""
"The first 6 methods in the previous table are also overridden in custom "
"containers. They are briefly described in the <link linkend=\"sec-custom-"
"containers\">Custom Containers</link> section."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7219(para)
msgid ""
"Most custom widgets need their own <classname>Gdk::Window</classname> to "
"draw on. Then you can call <methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_has_window(true)</"
"methodname> in your constructor. (This is the default value.) If you do not "
"call <methodname>set_has_window(false)</methodname>, you must override "
"<methodname>on_realize()</methodname> and call <methodname>Gtk::Widget::"
"set_realized()</methodname> and <methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_window()</"
"methodname> from there."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7230(para)
msgid "This example implements a widget which draws a Penrose triangle."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7233(title)
msgid "Custom Widget"
msgstr "Widget personalizado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7249(title)
msgid "Recommended Techniques"
msgstr "Técnicas recomendadas"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7251(para)
msgid ""
"This section is simply a gathering of wisdom, general style guidelines and "
"hints for creating <application>gtkmm</application> applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7255(para)
msgid ""
"Use GNU <application>autoconf</application> and <application>automake</"
"application>! They are your friends :) <application>Automake</application> "
"examines C files, determines how they depend on each other, and generates a "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> so the files can be compiled in the correct "
"order. <application>Autoconf</application> permits automatic configuration "
"of software installation, handling a large number of system quirks to "
"increase portability.."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7265(para)
msgid ""
"Subclass Widgets to better organize your code. You should probably subclass "
"your main <classname>Window</classname> at least. Then you can make your "
"child Widgets and signal handlers members of that class."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7270(para)
msgid ""
"Create your own signals instead of passing pointers around. Objects can "
"communicate with each other via signals and signal handlers. This is much "
"simpler than objects holding pointers to each other and calling each other's "
"methods. <application>gtkmm</application>'s classes uses special versions of "
"<classname>sigc::signal</classname>, but you should use normal "
"<classname>sigc::signal</classname>s, as described in the "
"<application>libsigc++</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7279(title)
msgid "Application Lifetime"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7280(para)
msgid ""
"Most applications will have only one <classname>Window</classname>, or only "
"one main window. These applications can use the <methodname>Gtk::Main::run"
"(Gtk::Window&amp;)</methodname> overload. It shows the window and returns "
"when the window has been hidden. This might happen when the user closes the "
"window, or when your code decides to <methodname>hide()</methodname> the "
"window. You can prevent the user from closing the window (for instance, if "
"there are unsaved changes) by overriding <methodname>Gtk::Window::"
"on_delete_event()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7288(para)
msgid "Most of our examples use this technique."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7292(title)
msgid "Using a <application>gtkmm</application> widget"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7294(para)
msgid ""
"Our examples all tend to have the same structure. They follow these steps "
"for using a <classname>Widget</classname>:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7303(para)
msgid ""
"Declare a variable of the type of <classname>Widget</classname> you wish to "
"use, generally as member variable of a derived container class. You could "
"also declare a pointer to the widget type, and then create it with "
"<literal>new</literal> in your code. Even when using the widget via a "
"pointer, it's still probably best to make that pointer a member variable of "
"a container class so that you can access it later."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7314(para)
msgid ""
"Set the attributes of the widget. If the widget has no default constructor, "
"then you will need to initialize the widget in the initalizer list of your "
"container class's constructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7320(para)
msgid "Connect any signals you wish to use to the appropriate handlers."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7326(para)
msgid ""
"Pack the widget into a container using the appropriate call, e.g. "
"<methodname>Gtk::Container::add()</methodname> or <methodname>pack_start()</"
"methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7334(para)
msgid "Call <methodname>show()</methodname> to display the widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7343(para)
msgid ""
"<methodname>Gtk::Widget::show()</methodname> lets <application>gtkmm</"
"application> know that we have finished setting the attributes of the "
"widget, and that it is ready to be displayed. You can use <methodname>Gtk::"
"Widget::hide()</methodname> to make it disappear again. The order in which "
"you show the widgets is not important, but we do suggest that you show the "
"top-level window last; this way, the whole window will appear with its "
"contents already drawn. Otherwise, the user will first see a blank window, "
"into which the widgets will be gradually drawn."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7357(title)
msgid "Contributing"
msgstr "Contribuir"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7359(para)
msgid ""
"This document, like so much other great software out there, was created for "
"free by volunteers. If you are at all knowledgeable about any aspect of "
"<application>gtkmm</application> that does not already have documentation, "
"please consider contributing to this document."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7365(para)
msgid ""
"Ideally, we would like you to <ulink url=\"http://www.gtkmm.org/bugs.shtml"
"\">provide a patch</ulink> to the <filename>docs/tutorial/C/gtkmm-tutorial-"
"in.xml</filename> file. This file is currently in the <literal>gtkmm-"
"documentation</literal> module in GNOME git."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7371(para)
msgid ""
"If you do decide to contribute, please post your contribution to the "
"<application>gtkmm</application> mailing list at <ulink url=\"mailto:gtkmm-"
"list@gnome.org\">&lt;gtkmm-list@gnome.org&gt;</ulink>. Also, be aware that "
"the entirety of this document is free, and any addition you provide must "
"also be free. That is, people must be able to use any portion of your "
"examples in their programs, and copies of this document (including your "
"contribution) may be distributed freely."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7383(title)
msgid "The RefPtr smartpointer"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7384(para)
msgid ""
"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname> is a smartpointer. Specifically, it is a "
"reference-counting smartpointer. You might be familiar with <literal>std::"
"auto_ptr&lt;&gt;</literal>, which is also a smartpointer, but <literal>Glib::"
"RefPtr&lt;&gt;</literal> is much simpler, and more useful. We expect a "
"future version of the C++ Standard Library to contain a reference-counting "
"shared smartpointer, and a future version of <application>gtkmm</"
"application> might possibly use that instead."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7394(para)
msgid ""
"A smartpointer acts much like a normal pointer. Here are a few examples."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7397(title)
msgid "Copying"
msgstr "Copiado"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7398(para)
msgid ""
"You can copy <classname>RefPtr</classname>s, just like normal pointers. But "
"unlike normal pointers, you don't need to worry about deleting the "
"underlying instance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7404(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf2 = refPixbuf;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf2 = refPixbuf;\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7409(para)
msgid ""
"Of course this means that you can store <classname>RefPtr</classname>s in "
"standard containers, such as <classname>std::vector</classname> or "
"<classname>std::list</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7414(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"std::list&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; &gt; listPixbufs;\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"listPixbufs.push_back(refPixbuf);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"std::list&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; &gt; listPixbufs;\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"listPixbufs.push_back(refPixbuf);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7422(title)
msgid "Dereferencing"
msgstr "Eliminar referencia"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7423(para)
msgid ""
"You can dereference a smartpointer with the -&gt; operator, to call the "
"methods of the underlying instance, just like a normal pointer."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7427(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"int width = refPixbuf-&gt;get_width();\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"int width = refPixbuf-&gt;get_width();\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7432(para)
msgid ""
"But unlike most smartpointers, you can't use the * operator to access the "
"underlying instance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7436(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"Gdk::Pixbuf&amp; underlying = *refPixbuf; //Syntax error - will not compile.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; refPixbuf = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(filename);\n"
"Gdk::Pixbuf&amp; underlying = *refPixbuf; //Error de sintaxis; no compilará.\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7443(title)
msgid "Casting"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7444(para)
msgid ""
"You can cast <classname>RefPtrs</classname> to base types, just like normal "
"pointers."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7449(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore = Gtk::TreeStore::create(columns);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = refStore;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore = Gtk::TreeStore::create(columns);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = refStore;\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7454(para)
msgid ""
"This means that any method which takes a <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
"BaseType&gt;</type> argument can also take a <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
"DerivedType&gt;</type>. The cast is implicit, just as it would be for a "
"normal pointer."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7458(para)
msgid ""
"You can also cast to a derived type, but the syntax is a little different "
"than with a normal pointer."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7462(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore =\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_dynamic(refModel);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore2 =\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_static(refModel);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore =\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_dynamic(refModel);\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore2 =\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_static(refModel);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7472(title)
msgid "Checking for null"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7473(para)
msgid ""
"Just like normal pointers, you can check whether a <classname>RefPtr</"
"classname> points to anything."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7478(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = m_TreeView.get_model();\n"
"if(refModel)\n"
"{\n"
"  int cols_count = refModel-&gt;get_n_columns();\n"
"  ...\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = m_TreeView.get_model();\n"
"if(refModel)\n"
"{\n"
"  int cols_count = refModel-&gt;get_n_columns();\n"
"  ...\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7487(para)
msgid ""
"But unlike normal pointers, <classname>RefPtr</classname>s are automatically "
"initialized to null so you don't need to remember to do that yourself."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7494(title)
msgid "Constness"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7495(para)
msgid ""
"The use of the <literal>const</literal> keyword in C++ is not always clear. "
"You might not realise that <type>const Something*</type> declares a pointer "
"to a <type>const Something</type>, The pointer can be changed, but not the "
"<type>Something</type> that it points to."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7501(para)
msgid ""
"Therefore, the <classname>RefPtr</classname> equivalent of <type>Something*</"
"type> for a method parameter is <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Something&gt;"
"&amp;</type>, and the equivalent of <type>const Something*</type> is "
"<type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Something&gt;&amp;</type>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7508(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>const ... &amp;</literal> around both is just for efficiency, "
"like using <classname>const std::string&amp;</classname> instead of "
"<classname>std::string</classname> for a method parameter to avoid "
"unnecessary copying."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7523(title)
msgid "Connecting signal handlers"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7524(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> widget classes have signal accessor "
"methods, such as <methodname>Gtk::Button::signal_clicked()</methodname>, "
"which allow you to connect your signal handler. Thanks to the flexibility of "
"<application>libsigc++</application>, the callback library used by "
"<application>gtkmm</application>, the signal handler can be almost any kind "
"of function, but you will probably want to use a class method. Among "
"<application>GTK+</application> C coders, these signal handlers are often "
"named callbacks."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7534(para)
msgid "Here's an example of a signal handler being connected to a signal:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7539(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"void on_button_clicked()\n"
"{\n"
"    std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World\" &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"main()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::Button button(\"Hello World\");\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"void on_button_clicked()\n"
"{\n"
"    std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World\" &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"main()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::Button button(\"Hello World\");\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7555(para)
msgid ""
"There's rather a lot to think about in this (non-functional) code. First "
"let's identify the parties involved:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7563(para)
msgid "The signal handler is <methodname>on_button_clicked()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7569(para)
msgid ""
"We're hooking it up to the <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> object called "
"<varname>button</varname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7576(para)
msgid ""
"When the Button emits its <literal>clicked</literal> signal, "
"<methodname>on_button_clicked()</methodname> will be called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7584(para)
msgid "Now let's look at the connection again:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7589(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
"    ...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
"    ...\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7596(para)
msgid ""
"Note that we don't pass a pointer to <methodname>on_button_clicked()</"
"methodname> directly to the signal's <methodname>connect()</methodname> "
"method. Instead, we call <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function>, and pass the "
"result to <methodname>connect()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7603(para)
msgid ""
"<function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> generates a <classname>sigc::slot</"
"classname>. A slot is an object which looks and feels like a function, but "
"is actually an object. These are also known as function objects, or "
"functors. <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> generates a slot for a "
"standalone function or static method. <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> "
"generates a slot for a member method of a particular instance."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7612(para)
msgid "Here's a slightly larger example of slots in action:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7617(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void on_button_clicked();\n"
"\n"
"class some_class\n"
"{\n"
"    void on_button_clicked();\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"some_class some_object;\n"
"\n"
"main()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::Button button;\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked) );\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(some_object, &amp;some_class::on_button_clicked) );\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"void on_button_clicked();\n"
"\n"
"class some_class\n"
"{\n"
"    void on_button_clicked();\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"some_class some_object;\n"
"\n"
"main()\n"
"{\n"
"    Gtk::Button button;\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked) );\n"
"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(some_object, &amp;some_class::on_button_clicked) );\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7636(para)
msgid ""
"The first call to <methodname>connect()</methodname> is just like the one we "
"saw last time; nothing new here."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7639(para)
msgid ""
"The next is more interesting. <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> is called "
"with two arguments. The first argument is <parameter>some_object</"
"parameter>, which is the object that our new slot will be pointing at. The "
"second argument is a pointer to one of its methods. This particular version "
"of <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> creates a slot which will, when "
"\"called\", call the pointed-to method of the specified object, in this case "
"<methodname>some_object.on_button_clicked()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7649(para)
msgid ""
"Another thing to note about this example is that we made the call to "
"<methodname>connect()</methodname> twice for the same signal object. This is "
"perfectly fine - when the button is clicked, both signal handlers will be "
"called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7656(para)
msgid ""
"We just told you that the button's <literal>clicked</literal> signal is "
"expecting to call a method with no arguments. All signals have requirements "
"like this - you can't hook a function with two arguments to a signal "
"expecting none (unless you use an adapter, such as <function>sigc::bind()</"
"function>, of course). Therefore, it's important to know what type of signal "
"handler you'll be expected to connect to a given signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7668(title)
msgid "Writing signal handlers"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7670(para)
msgid ""
"To find out what type of signal handler you can connect to a signal, you can "
"look it up in the reference documentation or the header file. Here's an "
"example of a signal declaration you might see in the <application>gtkmm</"
"application> headers:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7677(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::SignalProxy1&lt;bool, Gtk::DirectionType&gt; signal_focus()\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::SignalProxy1&lt;bool, Gtk::DirectionType&gt; signal_focus()\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7682(para)
msgid ""
"Other than the signal's name (<literal>focus</literal>), two things are "
"important to note here: the number following the word "
"<classname>SignalProxy</classname> at the beginning (1, in this case), and "
"the types in the list (<type>bool</type> and <type>Gtk::DirectionType</"
"type>). The number indicates how many arguments the signal handler should "
"have; the first type, <type>bool</type>, is the type that the signal handler "
"should return; and the next type, <type>Gtk::DirectionType</type>, is the "
"type of this signal's first, and only, argument. By looking at the reference "
"documentation, you can see the names of the arguments too."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7694(para)
msgid ""
"The same principles apply for signals which have more arguments. Here's one "
"with three (taken from <filename>&lt;gtkmm/editable.h&gt;</filename>):"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7700(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Glib::SignalProxy3&lt;void, const Glib::ustring&amp;, int, int*&gt; signal_insert_text()\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Glib::SignalProxy3&lt;void, const Glib::ustring&amp;, int, int*&gt; signal_insert_text()\n"
"\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7706(para)
msgid ""
"It follows the same form. The number 3 at the end of the type's name "
"indicates that our signal handler will need three arguments. The first type "
"in the type list is <type>void</type>, so that should be our signal "
"handler's return type. The following three types are the argument types, in "
"order. Our signal handler's prototype could look like this:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7715(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void on_insert_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text, int length, int* position);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"void on_insert_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text, int length, int* position);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7722(title)
msgid "Disconnecting signal handlers"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7724(para)
msgid ""
"Let's take another look at a Signal's <literal>connect</literal> method:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7729(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sigc::signal&lt;void,int&gt;::iterator signal&lt;void,int&gt;::connect( const sigc::slot&lt;void,int&gt;&amp; );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sigc::signal&lt;void,int&gt;::iterator signal&lt;void,int&gt;::connect( const sigc::slot&lt;void,int&gt;&amp; );\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7734(para)
msgid ""
"Notice that the return value is of type <classname>sigc::signal&lt;void,"
"int&gt;::iterator</classname>. This can be implicitely converted into a "
"<classname>sigc::connection</classname> which in turn can be used to control "
"the connection. By keeping a connection object you can disconnect its "
"associated signal handler using the method <methodname>sigc::connection::"
"disconnect()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7745(title)
msgid "Overriding default signal handlers"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7747(para)
msgid ""
"So far we've told you to perform actions in response to button-presses and "
"the like by handling signals. That's certainly a good way to do things, but "
"it's not the only way."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7754(para)
msgid ""
"Instead of laboriously connecting signal handlers to signals, you can simply "
"make a new class which inherits from a widget - say, a Button - and then "
"override the default signal handler, such as Button::on_clicked(). This can "
"be a lot simpler than hooking up signal handlers for everything."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7761(para)
msgid ""
"Subclassing isn't always the best way to accomplish things. It is only "
"useful when you want the widget to handle its own signal by itself. If you "
"want some other class to handle the signal then you'll need to connect a "
"separate handler. This is even more true if you want several objects to "
"handle the same signal, or if you want one signal handler to respond to the "
"same signal from different objects."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7766(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> classes are designed with overriding in "
"mind; they contain virtual member methods specifically intended to be "
"overridden."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7771(para)
msgid "Let's look at an example of overriding:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7776(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"class OverriddenButton : public Gtk::Button\n"
"{\n"
"protected:\n"
"    virtual void on_clicked();\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"void OverriddenButton::on_clicked()\n"
"{\n"
"    std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World\" &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
"\n"
"    // call the base class's version of the method:\n"
"    Gtk::Button::on_clicked();\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7795(para)
msgid ""
"Here we define a new class called <classname>OverriddenButton</classname>, "
"which inherits from <classname>Gtk::Button</classname>. The only thing we "
"change is the <methodname>on_clicked()</methodname> method, which is called "
"whenever <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> emits the <literal>clicked</"
"literal> signal. This method prints \"Hello World\" to <literal>stdout</"
"literal>, and then calls the original, overridden method, to let "
"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> do what it would have done had we not "
"overridden."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7806(para)
msgid ""
"You don't always need to call the parent's method; there are times when you "
"might not want to. Note that we called the parent method <emphasis>after</"
"emphasis> writing \"Hello World\", but we could have called it before. In "
"this simple example, it hardly matters much, but there are times when it "
"will. With signals, it's not quite so easy to change details like this, and "
"you can do something here which you can't do at all with connected signal "
"handlers: you can call the parent method in the <emphasis>middle</emphasis> "
"of your custom code."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7820(title)
msgid "Binding extra arguments"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7828(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::bind&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked), \"button 1\") );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::bind&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;HolaMundo::on_button_clicked), \"button 1\") );\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7835(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"virtual void on_button_clicked(Glib::ustring data);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"virtual void on_button_clicked(Glib::ustring data);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7821(para)
msgid ""
"If you use one signal handler to catch the same signal from several widgets, "
"you might like that signal handler to receive some extra information. For "
"instance, you might want to know which button was clicked. You can do this "
"with <function>sigc::bind()</function>. Here's some code from the <link "
"linkend=\"sec-helloworld2\">helloworld2</link> example, which you will "
"encounter later. <placeholder-1/> This says that we want the signal to send "
"an extra <classname>Glib::ustring</classname> argument to the signal "
"handler, and that the value of that argument should be \"button 1\". Of "
"course we will need to add that extra argument to the declaration of our "
"signal handler: <placeholder-2/> Of course, a normal \"clicked\" signal "
"handler would have no arguments."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7840(para)
msgid ""
"<function>sigc::bind()</function> is not commonly used, but you might find "
"it helpful sometimes. If you are familiar with <application>GTK+</"
"application> programming then you have probably noticed that this is similar "
"to the extra <literal>gpointer data</literal> arguments which all GTK+ "
"callbacks have. This is generally overused in <application>GTK+</"
"application> to pass information that should be stored as member data in a "
"derived widget, but widget derivation is very difficult in C. We have far "
"less need of this hack in <application>gtkmm</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7852(title)
msgid "X Event signals"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7853(para)
msgid ""
"The <classname>Widget</classname> class has some special signals which "
"correspond to the underlying X-Windows events. These are suffixed by "
"<literal>_event</literal>; for instance, <methodname>Widget::"
"signal_button_pressed_event()</methodname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7859(para)
msgid ""
"You might occasionally find it useful to handle X events when there's "
"something you can't accomplish with normal signals. <classname>Gtk::Button</"
"classname>, for example, does not send mouse-pointer coordinates with its "
"<literal>clicked</literal> signal, but you could handle "
"<literal>button_pressed_event</literal> if you needed this information. X "
"events are also often used to handle key-presses."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7868(para)
msgid ""
"These signals behave slightly differently. The value returned from the "
"signal handler indicates whether it has fully \"handled\" the event. If the "
"value is <literal>false</literal> then <application>gtkmm</application> will "
"pass the event on to the next signal handler. If the value is <literal>true</"
"literal> then no other signal handlers will need to be called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7873(para)
msgid ""
"Handling an X event doesn't affect the Widget's other signals. If you handle "
"<literal>button_pressed_event</literal> for <classname>Gtk::Button</"
"classname>, you'll still be able to get the <literal>clicked</literal> "
"signal. They are emitted at (nearly) the same time."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7880(para)
msgid ""
"Note also that not all widgets receive all X events by default. To receive "
"additional X events, you can use <methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_events()</"
"methodname> before showing the widget, or <methodname>Gtk::Widget::add_events"
"()</methodname> after showing the widget. However, some widgets must first "
"be placed inside an <classname>EventBox</classname> widget. See the <link "
"linkend=\"chapter-widgets-without-xwindows\">Widgets Without X-Windows</"
"link> chapter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7889(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bool on_button_press(GdkEventButton* event);\n"
"Gtk::Button button(\"label\");\n"
"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_press) );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bool on_button_press(GdkEventButton* event);\n"
"Gtk::Button button(\"etiqueta\");\n"
"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_press) );\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7895(para)
msgid ""
"When the mouse is over the button and a mouse button is pressed, "
"<methodname>on_button_press()</methodname> will be called."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7900(para)
msgid ""
"<type>GdkEventButton</type> is a structure containing the event's "
"parameters, such as the coordinates of the mouse pointer at the time the "
"button was pressed. There are several different types of <type>GdkEvent</"
"type> structures for the various events."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7908(title)
msgid "Signal Handler sequence"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7916(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_mywindow_button_press), false );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_mywindow_button_press), false );\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7909(para)
msgid ""
"By default, your signal handlers are called after any previously-connected "
"signal handlers. However, this can be a problem with the X Event signals. "
"For instance, the existing signal handlers, or the default signal handler, "
"might return <literal>true</literal> to stop other signal handlers from "
"being called. To specify that your signal handler should be called before "
"the other signal handlers, so that it will always be called, you can specify "
"<literal>false</literal> for the optional <literal>after</literal> "
"parameter. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7920(para)
msgid ""
"The event is delivered first to the widget the event occurred in. If all "
"signal handlers in that widget return <literal>false</literal> (indicating "
"that the event has not been handled), then the signal will be propagated to "
"the parent widget and emitted there. This continues all the way up to the "
"top-level widget if no one handles the event."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7935(title)
msgid "Creating your own signals"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7936(para)
msgid ""
"Now that you've seen signals and signal handlers in <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, you might like to use the same technique to allow interaction "
"between your own classes. That's actually very simple by using the "
"<application>libsigc++</application> library directly."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7942(para)
msgid ""
"This isn't purely a <application>gtkmm</application> or GUI issue. "
"<application>gtkmm</application> uses <application>libsigc++</application> "
"to implement its proxy wrappers for the <application>GTK+</application> "
"signal system, but for new, non-GTK+ signals, you can create pure C++ "
"signals, using the <classname>sigc::signal&lt;&gt;</classname> template."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7953(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sigc::signal&lt;void, bool, int&gt; signal_something;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sigc::signal&lt;void, bool, int&gt; signal_something;\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7949(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, to create a signal that sends 2 parameters, a <type>bool</"
"type> and an <type>int</type>, just declare a <classname>sigc::signal</"
"classname>, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7961(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"class Server\n"
"{\n"
"public:\n"
"  //signal accessor:\n"
"  typedef sigc::signal&lt;void, bool, int&gt; type_signal_something;\n"
"  type_signal_something signal_something();\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"  type_signal_something m_signal_something;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"Server::type_signal_something Server::signal_something()\n"
"{\n"
"  return m_signal_something;\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7957(para)
msgid ""
"You could just declare that signal as a public member variable, but some "
"people find that distasteful and prefer to make it available via an accessor "
"method, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7983(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"server.signal_something().connect(\n"
"  sigc::mem_fun(client, &amp;Client::on_server_something) );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"server.signal_something().connect(\n"
"  sigc::mem_fun(client, &amp;Client::on_server_something) );\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7980(para)
msgid ""
"You can then connect to the signal using the same syntax used when "
"connecting to <application>gtkmm</application> signals. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7991(para)
msgid "This is a full working example that defines and uses custom signal."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8005(title)
msgid "Comparison with other signalling systems"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8006(para)
msgid ""
"(An aside: <application>GTK+</application> calls this scheme \"signalling\"; "
"the sharp-eyed reader with GUI toolkit experience will note that this same "
"design is often seen under the name of \"broadcaster-listener\" (e.g., in "
"Metrowerks' PowerPlant framework for the Macintosh). It works in much the "
"same way: one sets up <literal>broadcasters</literal>, and then connects "
"<literal>listeners</literal> to them; the broadcaster keeps a list of the "
"objects listening to it, and when someone gives the broadcaster a message, "
"it calls all of its objects in its list with the message. In "
"<application>gtkmm</application>, signal objects play the role of "
"broadcasters, and slots play the role of listeners - sort of. More on this "
"later.)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8020(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> signal handlers are strongly-typed, whereas "
"<application>GTK+</application> C code allows you to connect a callback with "
"the wrong number and type of arguments, leading to a segfault at runtime. "
"And, unlike <application>Qt</application>, <application>gtkmm</application> "
"achieves this without modifying the C++ language."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8026(para)
msgid ""
"Re. Overriding signal handlers: You can do this in the straight-C world of "
"GTK+ too; that's what GTK's object system is for. But in GTK+, you have to "
"go through some complicated procedures to get object-oriented features like "
"inheritance and overloading. In C++, it's simple, since those features are "
"supported in the language itself; you can let the compiler do the dirty work."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8034(para)
msgid ""
"This is one of the places where the beauty of C++ really comes out. One "
"wouldn't think of subclassing a GTK+ widget simply to override its action "
"method; it's just too much trouble. In GTK+, you almost always use signals "
"to get things done, unless you're writing a new widget. But because "
"overriding methods is so easy in C++, it's entirely practical - and sensible "
"- to subclass a button for that purpose."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8045(title)
msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> and Win32"
msgstr "<application>gtkmm</application> y Win32"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8046(para)
msgid ""
"One of the major advantages of <application>gtkmm</application> is that it "
"is crossplatform. <application>gtkmm</application> programs written on other "
"platforms such as GNU/Linux can generally be transferred to Windows (and "
"vice versa) with few modifications to the source."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8051(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> currently works with the <ulink url="
"\"http://mingw.org/\">MingW/GCC3.4 compiler</ulink> and Microsoft Visual C++ "
"2005 or later (including the freely available express editions) on the "
"Windows platform. There is an <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/"
"binaries/win32/gtkmm\"> installer</ulink> available for gtkmm on Microsoft "
"Windows. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/\"> "
"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows</ulink> for instructions how to use it."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8063(title)
msgid "Building <application>gtkmm</application> on Win32"
msgstr "Construir aplicaciones <application>gtkmm</application> en Win32"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8064(para)
msgid ""
"Please see <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm"
"\">http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm</ulink> for "
"instructions on how to build gtkmm on Windws."
msgstr ""
"Consulte <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm"
"\">http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm</ulink> para obtener "
"instrucciones sobre cómo construir gtkmm en Windows."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8071(title)
msgid "Working with gtkmm's Source Code"
msgstr "Trabajar con el código fuente de gtkmm"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8072(para)
msgid ""
"If you are interested in helping out with the development of "
"<application>gtkmm</application>, or fixing a bug in <application>gtkmm</"
"application>, you'll probably need to build the development version of "
"<application>gtkmm</application>. However, you should not install a "
"development version over your stable version. Instead, you should install it "
"alongside your existing <application>gtkmm</application> installation, in a "
"separate path."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8079(para)
msgid ""
"The easiest way to do this is using <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/"
"jhbuild/unstable/\">jhbuild</ulink>. <application>jhbuild</application> is a "
"program that makes building GNOME software much easier by calculating "
"dependencies and building things in the correct order. This section will "
"give a brief explanation of how to set up <application>jhbuild</application> "
"to build and install <application>gtkmm</application> from the source "
"repository (git). For up-to-date information on <application>jhbuild</"
"application>, please refer to the <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/"
"jhbuild/unstable/\">jhbuild manual</ulink>. If you need assistance using "
"<application>jhbuild</application>, you should ask for help on the <ulink "
"url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-love\">gnome-love mailing "
"list</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8095(para)
msgid ""
"Note that to build <application>gtkmm</application> from git, you'll often "
"need to build all of its dependencies from git as well. "
"<application>jhbuild</application> makes this easier than it would normally "
"be, but it will take quite a while to build and install them all. You will "
"probably encounter build problems, though these will usually be corrected "
"quickly if you report them."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8104(title)
msgid "Setting up jhbuild"
msgstr "Configurar JHBuild"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8105(para)
msgid ""
"To set up <application>jhbuild</application>, follow the basic installation "
"instructions from the <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/jhbuild/"
"unstable/\">jhbuild manual</ulink>. After you have installed "
"<application>jhbuild</application>, you should copy the sample "
"<application>jhbuild</application> configuration file into your home "
"directory by executing the following command from the <application>jhbuild</"
"application> directory: <screen>$ cp examples/sample.jhbuildrc ~/.jhbuildrc</"
"screen>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8120(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "moduleset = 'gnome-suites-core-deps-3.4'"
msgstr "moduleset = 'gnome-suites-core-deps-3.4'"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8115(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>gtkmm</application> module is defined in the "
"<filename>gnome-suites-core-deps-3.x.modules</filename> moduleset, so edit "
"your <filename>.jhbuildrc</filename> file and set your moduleset setting to "
"the latest version e.g. like so: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8127(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "modules = [ 'gtkmm' ]"
msgstr "modules = [ 'gtkmm' ]"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8122(para)
msgid ""
"After setting the correct moduleset, you need to tell <application>jhbuild</"
"application> which module or modules to build. To build <application>gtkmm</"
"application> and all of its dependencies, set <varname>modules</varname> "
"like so: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8129(para)
msgid ""
"You can build several modules by setting the <varname>modules</varname> "
"variable to a meta-package, e.g. <literal>meta-gnome-core</literal>, or "
"listing more than one module name. The <varname>modules</varname> variable "
"specifies which modules that will be built when you don't explicitly specify "
"anything on the command line. You can always build a different moduleset "
"later by specifying it on the commandline (e.g. <command>jhbuild build "
"gtkmm</command>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8139(title)
msgid "Setting a prefix"
msgstr "Establecer un prefijo"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8140(para)
msgid ""
"By default, <application>jhbuild</application>'s configuration is configured "
"to install all software built with <application>jhbuild</application> under "
"the <filename>/opt/gnome</filename> prefix. You can choose a different "
"prefix, but it is recommended that you keep this prefix different from other "
"software that you've installed (don't set it to <filename>/usr</filename>!) "
"If you've followed the jhbuild instructions then this prefix belongs to your "
"user, so you don't need to run jhbuild as <literal>root</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8152(para)
msgid ""
"When you downloaded <application>jhbuild</application> from the git "
"repository, you got a number of <filename>.modules</filename> files, "
"specifying dependencies between modules. By default <application>jhbuild</"
"application> does not use the downloaded versions of these files, but reads "
"the latest versions in the git repository. This is usually what you want. If "
"you don't want it, use the <varname>use_local_modulesets</varname> variable "
"in <filename>.jhbuildrc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8163(title)
msgid ""
"Installing and Using the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8164(para)
msgid ""
"Once you've configured <application>jhbuild</application> as described "
"above, building <application>gtkmm</application> should be relatively "
"straightforward. The first time you run <application>jhbuild</application>, "
"you should run the following sequence of commands to ensure that "
"<application>jhbuild</application> has the required tools and verify that it "
"is set up correctly: <screen>$ jhbuild bootstrap\n"
"$ jhbuild sanitycheck</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8175(title)
msgid ""
"Installing <application>gtkmm</application> with <application>jhbuild</"
"application>"
msgstr ""
"Instalar <application>gtkmm</application> con <application>jhbuild</"
"application>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8176(para)
msgid ""
"If everything worked correctly, you should be able to build "
"<application>gtkmm</application> and all of its dependencies from git by "
"executing <command>jhbuild build</command> (or, if you didn't specify "
"<application>gtkmm</application> in the <varname>modules</varname> variable, "
"with the command <command>jhbuild build gtkmm</command>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8183(para)
msgid ""
"This command will build and install a series of modules and will probably "
"take quite a long time the first time through. After the first time, "
"however, it should go quite a bit faster since it only needs to rebuild "
"files that changed since the last build. Alternatively, after you've built "
"and installed <application>gtkmm</application> the first time, you can "
"rebuild <application>gtkmm</application> by itself (without rebuilding all "
"of its dependencies) with the command <command>jhbuild buildone gtkmm</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8194(title)
msgid "Using the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8195(para)
msgid ""
"After you've installed the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>, "
"you're ready to start using and experimenting with it. In order to use the "
"new version of <application>gtkmm</application> you've just installed, you "
"need to set some environment variables so that your <filename>configure</"
"filename> script knows where to find the new libraries. Fortunately, "
"<application>jhbuild</application> offers an easy solution to this problem. "
"Executing the command <command>jhbuild shell</command> will start a new "
"shell with all of the correct environment variables set. Now if you re-"
"configure and build your project just as you usually do, it should link "
"against the newly installed libraries. To return to your previous "
"environment, simply exit the <application>jhbuild</application> shell."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8209(para)
msgid ""
"Once you've built your software, you'll need to run your program within the "
"jhbuild environment as well. To do this, you can again use the "
"<command>jhbuild shell</command> command to start a new shell with the "
"<application>jhbuild</application> environment set up. Alternatively, you "
"can execute a one-off command in the <application>jhbuild</application> "
"environment using the following command: <command>jhbuild run command-name</"
"command>. In this case, the command will be run with the correct environment "
"variables set, but will return to your previous environment after the "
"program exits."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8226(title)
msgid "Wrapping C Libraries with gmmproc"
msgstr "Envolver bibliotecas C con gmmproc"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8227(para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the <command>gmmproc</command> tool to "
"generate most of its source code, using .defs files that define the APIs of "
"<classname>GObject</classname>-based libraries. So it's quite easy to create "
"additional gtkmm-style wrappers of other glib/GObject-based libraries."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8232(para)
msgid ""
"This involves a variety of tools, some of them crufty, but it does at least "
"work, and has been used successfully by several projects."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8237(title)
msgid "The build structure"
msgstr "La estructura de construcción"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8238(para)
msgid ""
"Generation of the source code for a gtkmm-style wrapper API requires use of "
"tools such as <command>gmmproc</command> and <filename>generate_wrap_init."
"pl</filename>. In theory you could write your own build files to use these "
"appropriately, but a much better option is to make use of the build "
"infrastructure provided by the mm-common module. To get started, it helps a "
"lot to pick an existing binding module as an example to look at."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8245(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, let's pretend that we are wrapping a C library called "
"libexample. It provides a <classname>GObject</classname>-based API with "
"types named, for instance, <classname>ExampleThing</classname> and "
"<classname>ExampleStuff</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8251(title)
msgid "Copying the skeleton project"
msgstr "Copiar el esqueleto del proyecto"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8256(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  $ git clone git://git.gnome.org/mm-common\n"
"  $ cp -a mm-common/skeletonmm libsomethingmm\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  $ git clone git://git.gnome.org/mm-common\n"
"  $ cp -a mm-common/skeletonmm libalgomm\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8253(para)
msgid ""
"Typically our wrapper library would be called libsomethingmm. We can start "
"by copying the <ulink url=\"http://git.gnome.org/cgit/mm-common/tree/"
"skeletonmm\">skeleton source tree</ulink> from the mm-common module. "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8266(para)
msgid "<filename>libsomethingmm</filename>: The top-level directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8268(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>libsomething</filename>: Contains the main include file and the "
"pkg-config .pc file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8270(para)
msgid "<filename>src</filename>: Contains .hg and .ccg source files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8271(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>libsomethingmm</filename>: Contains generated and hand-written .h "
"and .cc files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8273(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>private</filename>: Contains generated <filename>*_p.h</filename> "
"files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8261(para)
msgid ""
"This provides a directory structure for the source .hg and .ccg files and "
"the generated .h and .cc files, with <filename>filelist.am</filename> "
"Automake include files that can specify the various files in use, in terms "
"of generic Automake variables. The directory structure usually looks like "
"this, after we have renamed the directories appropriately: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8285(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ for f in $(find libsomethingmm -depth -name '*skeleton*'); do \\\n"
"    d=\"${f%/*}\"; b=\"${f##*/}\"; mv \"$f\" \"$d/${b//skeleton/libsomething}\"; \\\n"
"  done\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$ for f in $(find libalgomm -depth -name '*skeleton*'); do \\\n"
"    d=\"${f%/*}\"; b=\"${f##*/}\"; mv \"$f\" \"$d/${b//skeleton/libalgo}\"; \\\n"
"  done\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8283(para)
msgid ""
"As well as renaming the directories, we should rename some of the source "
"files. For instance: <placeholder-1/> A number of the skeleton files must "
"still be filled in with project-specific content later."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8292(para)
msgid ""
"Note that files ending in <filename>.in</filename> will be used to generate "
"files with the same name but without the <filename>.in</filename> suffix, by "
"replacing some variables with actual values during the configure stage."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8298(title)
msgid "Modifying build files"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8300(para)
msgid ""
"Now we edit the files to adapt them to our needs. You might prefer to use a "
"multiple-file search-replace utility for this, such as <command>regexxer</"
"command>. Note that nearly all of the files provided with the skeleton "
"source tree contain placeholder text. Thus, the substitutions should be "
"performed globally, and not be limited to the Automake and Autoconf files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8304(para)
msgid ""
"All mentions of <varname>skeleton</varname> should be replaced by the "
"correct name of the C library you are wrapping, such as \"something\" or "
"\"libsomething\". In the same manner, all instances of <varname>SKELETON</"
"varname> should be replaced by \"SOMETHING\" or \"LIBSOMETHING\", and all "
"occurrences of <varname>Skeleton</varname> changed to \"Something\"."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8308(para)
msgid ""
"Likewise, replace all instances of <varname>Joe Hacker</varname> by the name "
"of the intended copyright holder, which is probably you. Do the same for the "
"<varname>joe@example.com</varname> email address."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8313(title)
msgid "configure.ac"
msgstr "configure.ac"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8316(para)
msgid ""
"The <function>AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR()</function> line must mention a file in our "
"source tree. We can edit this later if we don't yet know the names of any of "
"the files that we will create."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8319(para)
msgid ""
"It is common for binding modules to track the version number of the library "
"they are wrapping. So, for instance, if the C library is at version 1.23.4, "
"then the initial version of the binding module would be 1.23.0. However, "
"avoid starting with an even minor version number as that usually indicates a "
"stable release."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8324(para)
msgid ""
"The <function>AC_CONFIG_HEADERS()</function> line is used to generate two or "
"more configuration header files. The first header file in the list contains "
"all configuration macros which are set during the configure run. The "
"remaining headers in the list contain only a subset of configuration macros "
"and their corresponding <filename>configh.h.in</filename> file will not be "
"autogenerated. The reason for this separation is that the namespaced "
"configuration headers are installed with your library and define publically "
"visible macros."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8332(para)
msgid ""
"The <function>AC_SUBST([SOMETHINGMM_MODULES], ['...'])</function> line may "
"need to be modified to check for the correct dependencies."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8334(para)
msgid ""
"The <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES()</function> block must mention the correct "
"directory names, as described above."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8314(para)
msgid "In <filename>configure.ac</filename>, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8341(title)
msgid "Makefile.am files"
msgstr "Archivos Makefile.am"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8344(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>skeleton/src/Makefile.am</filename> we must mention the correct "
"values for the generic variables that are used elsewhere in the build system:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8349(varname)
msgid "binding_name"
msgstr "binding_name"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8350(para)
msgid "The name of the library, such as libsomethingmm."
msgstr "El nombre de la biblioteca, por ejemplo libalgomm."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8354(varname)
msgid "wrap_init_flags"
msgstr "wrap_init_flags"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8355(para)
msgid ""
"Additional command-line flags passed to the <filename>generate_wrap_init.pl</"
"filename> script, such as the C++ namespace and the parent directory prefix "
"of include files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8362(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/Makefile.am</filename> we must mention the "
"correct values for the generic variables that are used elsewhere in the "
"build system:"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8367(varname)
msgid "lib_LTLIBRARIES"
msgstr "lib_LTLIBRARIES"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8368(para)
msgid ""
"This variable must mention the correct library name, and this library name "
"must be used to form the <varname>_SOURCES</varname>, <varname>_LDFLAGS</"
"varname>, and <varname>_LIBADD</varname> variable names. It is permissible "
"to use variables substituted by <filename>configure</filename> like "
"<varname>@SOMETHINGMM_API_VERSION@</varname> as part of the variable names."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8377(varname)
msgid "AM_CPPFLAGS"
msgstr "AM_CPPFLAGS"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8378(para)
msgid "The command line options passed to the C preprocessor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8382(varname)
msgid "AM_CXXFLAGS"
msgstr "AM_CXXFLAGS"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8383(para)
msgid "The command line options passed to the C++ compiler."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8342(para)
msgid ""
"Next we must adapt the various <filename>Makefile.am</filename> files: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8393(title)
msgid "Creating .hg and .ccg files"
msgstr "Crear archivos .hg y .ccg"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8394(para)
msgid ""
"We should now create our first <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>.ccg</"
"filename> files, to wrap one of the objects in the C library. One pair of "
"example source files already exists: <filename>skeleton.ccg</filename> and "
"<filename>skeleton.hg</filename>. Create copies of these files as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8398(para)
msgid ""
"We must mention all of our <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>.ccg</"
"filename> files in the <filename>skeleton/src/filelist.am</filename> file, "
"typically in the <varname>files_hg</varname> variable."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8402(para)
msgid ""
"Any additional non-generated <filename>.h</filename> and <filename>.cc</"
"filename> source files may be placed in <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/</"
"filename> and listed in <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/filelist.am</"
"filename>, typically in the <varname>files_extra_h</varname> and "
"<varname>files_extra_cc</varname> variables."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8408(para)
msgid ""
"In the <link linkend=\"sec-wrapping-hg-files\">.hg and .ccg files</link> "
"section you can learn about the syntax used in these files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8415(title)
msgid "Generating the .defs files."
msgstr "Generar los archivos .defs."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8419(para)
msgid "objects (GObjects, widgets, interfaces, boxed-types and plain structs)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8420(para)
msgid "functions"
msgstr "funciones"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8421(para)
msgid "enums"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8422(para)
msgid "signals"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8423(para)
msgid "properties"
msgstr "propiedades"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8424(para)
msgid "vfuncs"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8416(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>.defs</filename> files are text files, in a lisp format, that "
"describe the API of a C library, including its <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8433(filename)
msgid "gtk.defs"
msgstr "gtk.defs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8434(para)
msgid "Includes the other files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8437(filename)
msgid "gtk_methods.defs"
msgstr "gtk_methods.defs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8438(para)
msgid "Objects and functions."
msgstr "Objetos y funciones."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8441(filename)
msgid "gtk_enums.defs"
msgstr "gtk_enums.defs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8442(para)
msgid "Enumerations."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8445(filename)
msgid "gtk_signals.defs"
msgstr "gtk_signals.defs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8446(para)
msgid "Signals and properties."
msgstr "Señales y propiedades."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8449(filename)
msgid "gtk_vfuncs.defs"
msgstr "gtk_vfuncs.defs"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8450(para)
msgid "vfuncs (function pointer member fields in structs), written by hand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8427(para)
msgid ""
"At the moment, we have separate tools for generating different parts of "
"these <filename>.defs</filename>, so we split them up into separate files. "
"For instance, in the <filename>gtk/src</filename> directory of the "
"<application>gtkmm</application> sources, you will find these files: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8456(title)
msgid "Generating the methods .defs"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8460(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ ./h2def.py /usr/include/gtk-3.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_methods.defs\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$ ./h2def.py /usr/include/gtk-3.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_methods.defs\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8457(para)
msgid ""
"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes objects and their functions. "
"It is generated by the <command>h2def.py</command> script which you can find "
"in glibmm's <filename>tools/defs_gen</filename> directory. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8467(title)
msgid "Generating the enums .defs"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8471(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ ./enum.pl /usr/include/gtk-3.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_enums.defs\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$ ./enum.pl /usr/include/gtk-3.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_enums.defs\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8468(para)
msgid ""
"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes enum types and their possible "
"values. It is generated by the <filename>enum.pl</filename> script which you "
"can find in glibmm's <filename>tools</filename> directory. For instance, "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8478(title)
msgid "Generating the signals and properties .defs"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8483(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ cd tools/extra_defs_gen\n"
"$ ./generate_extra_defs &gt; gtk_signals.defs\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$ cd tools/extra_defs_gen\n"
"$ ./generate_extra_defs &gt; gtk_signals.defs\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8479(para)
msgid ""
"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes signals and properties. It is "
"generated by the special <filename>extra_defs</filename> utility that is in "
"every wrapping project, such as <filename>gtkmm/tools/extra_defs_gen/</"
"filename>. For instance <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8488(para)
msgid ""
"You must edit the source code of your own <filename>generate_extra_defs</"
"filename> tool in order to generate the <filename>.defs</filename> for the "
"GObject C types that you wish to wrap. In the skeleton source tree, the "
"source file is named <filename>codegen/extradefs/"
"generate_extra_defs_skeleton.cc</filename>. If not done so already, the file "
"should be renamed, with the basename of your new binding substituted for the "
"<varname>skeleton</varname> placeholder. The <filename>codegen/Makefile.am</"
"filename> file should also mention the new source filename."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8497(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;libsomething.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"int main(int, char**)\n"
"{\n"
"  something_init();\n"
"\n"
"  std::cout &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_SOMETHING)\n"
"            &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_THING);\n"
"  return 0;\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;biblioteca.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"int main(int, char**)\n"
"{\n"
"  something_init();\n"
"\n"
"  std::cout &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_SOMETHING)\n"
"            &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_THING);\n"
"  return 0;\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8495(para)
msgid ""
"Then edit the <filename>.cc</filename> file to specify the correct types. "
"For instance, your <function>main()</function> function might look like "
"this: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8513(title)
msgid "Writing the vfuncs .defs"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8514(para)
msgid ""
"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes virtual functions (vfuncs). "
"It must be written by hand. There is no skeleton to start from. You can look "
"at <application>gtkmm</application>'s <filename>gtk/src/gtk_vfuncs.defs</"
"filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8524(title)
msgid "The .hg and .ccg files"
msgstr "Los archivos .hg y .ccg"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8525(para)
msgid ""
"The .hg and .ccg source files are very much like .h and .cc C++ source "
"files, but they contain extra macros, such as <function>_CLASS_GOBJECT()</"
"function> and <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, from which "
"<command>gmmproc</command> generates appropriate C++ source code, usually at "
"the same position in the header. Any additional C++ source code will be "
"copied verbatim into the corresponding .h or .cc file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8538(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/bin.h&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/activatable.h&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/stockid.h&gt;\n"
"_DEFS(gtkmm,gtk)\n"
"_PINCLUDE(gtkmm/private/bin_p.h)\n"
"\n"
"namespace Gtk\n"
"{\n"
"\n"
"class Button\n"
"  : public Bin,\n"
"    public Activatable\n"
"{\n"
"  _CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button,GtkButton,GTK_BUTTON,Gtk::Bin,GtkBin)\n"
"  _IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE(Activatable)\n"
"public:\n"
"\n"
"  _CTOR_DEFAULT\n"
"  explicit Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic = false);\n"
"  explicit Button(const StockID&amp; stock_id);\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_METHOD(void set_label(const Glib::ustring&amp; label), gtk_button_set_label)\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(), \"clicked\")\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_PROPERTY(\"label\", Glib::ustring)\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"} // namespace Gtk\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/bin.h&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/activatable.h&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;gtkmm/stockid.h&gt;\n"
"_DEFS(gtkmm,gtk)\n"
"_PINCLUDE(gtkmm/private/bin_p.h)\n"
"\n"
"namespace Gtk\n"
"{\n"
"\n"
"class Button\n"
"  : public Bin,\n"
"    public Activatable\n"
"{\n"
"  _CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button,GtkButton,GTK_BUTTON,Gtk::Bin,GtkBin)\n"
"  _IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE(Activatable)\n"
"public:\n"
"\n"
"  _CTOR_DEFAULT\n"
"  explicit Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic = false);\n"
"  explicit Button(const StockID&amp; stock_id);\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_METHOD(void set_label(const Glib::ustring&amp; label), gtk_button_set_label)\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(), \"clicked\")\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"\n"
"  _WRAP_PROPERTY(\"label\", Glib::ustring)\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"} // namespace Gtk\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8533(para)
msgid ""
"A .hg file will typically include some headers and then declare a class, "
"using some macros to add API or behaviour to this class. For instance, "
"gtkmm's <filename>button.hg</filename> looks roughly like this: <placeholder-"
"1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8577(function)
msgid "_DEFS()"
msgstr "_DEFS()"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8578(para)
msgid ""
"Specifies the destination directory for generated sources, and the name of "
"the main .defs file that <command>gmmproc</command> should parse."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8581(function)
msgid "_PINCLUDE()"
msgstr "_PINCLUDE()"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8582(para)
msgid ""
"Tells <command>gmmproc</command> to include a header from the generated "
"private/button_p.h file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8585(function)
msgid "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT()"
msgstr "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT()"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8586(para)
msgid ""
"Tells <command>gmmproc</command> to add some typedefs, constructors, and "
"standard methods to this class, as appropriate when wrapping a widget."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8589(function)
msgid "_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE()"
msgstr "_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE()"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8590(para)
msgid ""
"Tells <command>gmmproc</command> to add initialization code for the "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8593(function) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8839(title)
msgid "_CTOR_DEFAULT"
msgstr "_CTOR_DEFAULT"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8594(para)
msgid "Add a default constructor."
msgstr "Añadir un constructor predeterminado."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8597(term)
msgid ""
"<function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, <function>_WRAP_SIGNAL()</function>, "
"and <function>_WRAP_PROPERTY()</function>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8600(para)
msgid "Add methods to wrap parts of the C API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8574(para)
msgid "The macros in this example do the following: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8607(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$ cd gtk/src\n"
"$ /usr/lib/glibmm-2.4/proc/gmmproc -I ../../tools/m4 --defs . button . ./../gtkmm\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$ cd gtk/src\n"
"$ /usr/lib/glibmm-2.4/proc/gmmproc -I ../../tools/m4 --defs . button . ./../gtkmm\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8604(para)
msgid ""
"The .h and .cc files will be generated from the .hg and .ccg files by "
"processing them with <command>gmmproc</command> like so, though this happens "
"automatically when using the above build structure: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8612(para)
msgid ""
"Notice that we provided <command>gmmproc</command> with the path to the .m4 "
"convert files, the path to the .defs file, the name of a .hg file, the "
"source directory, and the destination directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8615(para)
msgid ""
"You should avoid including the C header from your C++ header, to avoid "
"polluting the global namespace, and to avoid exporting unnecessary public "
"API. But you will need to include the necessary C headers from your .ccg "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8620(para)
msgid "The macros are explained in more detail in the following sections."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8623(title)
msgid "m4 Conversions"
msgstr "Conversiones m4"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CONVERSION(`GtkTreeView*',`TreeView*',`Glib::wrap($3)')\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CONVERSION(`GtkTreeView*',`TreeView*',`Glib::wrap($3)')\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8624(para)
msgid ""
"The macros that you use in the .hg and .ccg files often need to know how to "
"convert a C++ type to a C type, or vice-versa. gmmproc takes this "
"information from an .m4 file in your <literal>tools/m4/</literal> directory. "
"This allows it to call a C function in the implementation of your C++ "
"method, passing the appropriate parameters to that C functon. For instance, "
"this tells gmmproc how to convert a GtkTreeView pointer to a Gtk::TreeView "
"pointer: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8635(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>$3</literal> will be replaced by the parameter name when this "
"conversion is used by gmmproc."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CONVERSION(`PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FR2P)\n"
"_CONVERSION(`const PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FCR2P)\n"
"_CONVERSION(`const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Printer&gt;&amp;',`GtkPrinter*',__CONVERT_REFPTR_TO_P($3))\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CONVERSION(`PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FR2P)\n"
"_CONVERSION(`const PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FCR2P)\n"
"_CONVERSION(`const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Printer&gt;&amp;',`GtkPrinter*',__CONVERT_REFPTR_TO_P($3))\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8639(para)
msgid ""
"Some extra macros make this easier and consistent. Look in gtkmm's .m4 files "
"for examples. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8651(title)
msgid "m4 Initializations"
msgstr "inicializaciones de m4"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8652(para)
msgid ""
"Often when wrapping methods, it is desirable to store the return of the C "
"function in what is called an output parameter. In this case, the C++ method "
"returns <type>void</type> but an output parameter in which to store the "
"value of the C function is included in the argument list of the C++ method. "
"gmmproc allows such functionality, but appropriate inizialization macros "
"must be included to tell gmmproc how to initialize the C++ parameter from "
"the return of the C function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8667(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`Gtk::Widget&amp;',`GtkWidget*',`$3 = Glib::wrap($4)')\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`Gtk::Widget&amp;',`GtkWidget*',`$3 = Glib::wrap($4)')\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8661(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if there was a C function that returned a <type>GtkWidget*</"
"type> and for some reason, instead of having the C++ method also return the "
"widget, it was desirable to have the C++ method place the widget in a "
"specified output parameter, an initialization macro such as the following "
"would be necessary: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8672(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>$3</literal> will be replaced by the output parameter name of the C+"
"+ method and <literal>$4</literal> will be replaced by the return of the C "
"function when this initialization is used by gmmproc. For convenience, "
"<literal>$1</literal> will also be replaced by the C++ type without the "
"ampersand (&amp;) and <literal>$2</literal> will be replaced by the C type."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8683(title)
msgid "Class macros"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8684(para)
msgid ""
"The class macro declares the class itself and its relationship with the "
"underlying C type. It generates some internal constructors, the member "
"<varname>gobject_</varname>, typedefs, the <function>gobj()</function> "
"accessors, type registration, and the <function>Glib::wrap()</function> "
"method, among other things."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8689(para)
msgid ""
"Other macros, such as <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function> and "
"<function>_WRAP_SIGNAL()</function> may only be used after a call to a "
"<function>_CLASS_*</function> macro."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8694(title)
msgid "_CLASS_GOBJECT"
msgstr "_CLASS_GOBJECT"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8695(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a type that is derived from "
"<classname>GObject</classname>, but whose wrapper is not derived from "
"<classname>Gtk::Object</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8698(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_GOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C base "
"class )"
msgstr ""
"_CLASS_GOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C base "
"class )"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8700(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GOBJECT(AccelGroup, GtkAccelGroup, GTK_ACCEL_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GOBJECT(AccelGroup, GtkAccelGroup, GTK_ACCEL_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8699(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>accelgroup.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8707(title)
msgid "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT"
msgstr "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8708(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a type whose wrapper is derived from "
"<classname>Gtk::Object</classname>, such as a widget or dialog."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8710(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C "
"base class )"
msgstr ""
"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C "
"base class )"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8712(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button, GtkButton, GTK_BUTTON, Gtk::Bin, GtkBin)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button, GtkButton, GTK_BUTTON, Gtk::Bin, GtkBin)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8711(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9112(para)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9173(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9251(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>button.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8716(para)
msgid ""
"You will typically use this macro when the class already derives from Gtk::"
"Object. For instance, you will use it when wrapping a GTK+ Widget, because "
"Gtk::Widget derives from Gtk::Object."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8717(para)
msgid ""
"You might also derive non-widget classes from Gtk::Object so they can be "
"used without <classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname>. For isntance, they could "
"then be instantiated with <function>Gtk::manage()</function> or on the stack "
"as a member variable. This is convenient, but you should use this only when "
"you are sure that true reference-counting is not needed. We consider it "
"useful for widgets."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8721(title)
msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE"
msgstr "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8722(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a non-<classname>GObject</classname> "
"struct, registered with <function>g_boxed_type_register_static()</function>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8725(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE( C++ class, C class, new function, copy function, free "
"function )"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8727(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE(Color, GdkColor, NONE, gdk_color_copy, gdk_color_free)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE(Color, GdkColor, NONE, gdk_color_copy, gdk_color_free)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8726(para)
msgid "For instance, for <classname>Gdk::Color</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8734(title)
msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC"
msgstr "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8735(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a simple assignable struct such as "
"<classname>GdkRectangle</classname>. It is similar to "
"<function>_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE</function>, but the C struct is not allocated "
"dynamically."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8739(function)
msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC( C++ class, C class )"
msgstr "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC( C++ class, C class )"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8741(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC(Rectangle, GdkRectangle)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC(Rectangle, GdkRectangle)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8740(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, for <classname>Gdk::Rectangle</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8748(title)
msgid "_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE"
msgstr "_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8749(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for an opaque struct that has copy and free "
"functions. The new, copy and free functions will be used to instantiate the "
"default constructor, copy constructor and destructor."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8752(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE( C++ class, C class, new function, copy function, "
"free function )"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8754(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE(StockItem, GtkStockItem, NONE, gtk_stock_item_copy, gtk_stock_item_free)\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8753(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>stockitem.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, desde <filename>stockitem.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8761(title)
msgid "_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED"
msgstr "_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8762(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a reference-counted opaque struct. The C++ "
"wrapper cannot be directly instantiated and can only be used with "
"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8765(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED( C++ class, C class, new function, ref function, "
"unref function )"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8767(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED(Coverage, PangoCoverage, pango_coverage_new, pango_coverage_ref, pango_coverage_unref)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED(Coverage, PangoCoverage, pango_coverage_new, pango_coverage_ref, pango_coverage_unref)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8766(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, for <classname>Pango::Coverage</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8774(title)
msgid "_CLASS_GENERIC"
msgstr "_CLASS_GENERIC"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8775(para)
msgid ""
"This macro can be used to wrap structs which don't fit into any specialized "
"category."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8777(function)
msgid "_CLASS_GENERIC( C++ class, C class )"
msgstr "_CLASS_GENERIC( C++ class, C class )"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8779(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GENERIC(AttrIter, PangoAttrIterator)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_GENERIC(AttrIter, PangoAttrIterator)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8778(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, for <classname>Pango::AttrIter</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8786(title)
msgid "_CLASS_INTERFACE"
msgstr "_CLASS_INTERFACE"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8787(para)
msgid ""
"This macro declares a wrapper for a type that is derived from "
"<classname>GTypeInterface</classname>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8790(function)
msgid ""
"_CLASS_INTERFACE( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C interface struct, "
"Base C++ class (optional), Base C class (optional) )"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8793(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_INTERFACE(CellEditable, GtkCellEditable, GTK_CELL_EDITABLE, GtkCellEditableIface)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_INTERFACE(CellEditable, GtkCellEditable, GTK_CELL_EDITABLE, GtkCellEditableIface)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8791(para)
msgid ""
"For instance, from <filename>celleditable.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8800(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_INTERFACE(LoadableIcon, GLoadableIcon, G_LOADABLE_ICON, GLoadableIconIface, Icon, GIcon)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_CLASS_INTERFACE(LoadableIcon, GLoadableIcon, G_LOADABLE_ICON, GLoadableIconIface, Icon, GIcon)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8797(para)
msgid ""
"Two extra parameters are optional, for the case that the interface derives "
"from another interface, which should be the case when the GInterface has "
"another GInterface as a prerequisitite. For instance, from "
"<filename>loadableicon.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8809(title)
msgid "Constructor macros"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8810(para)
msgid ""
"The <function>_CTOR_DEFAULT()</function> and <function>_WRAP_CTOR()</"
"function> macros add constructors, wrapping the specified <function>*_new()</"
"function> C functions. These macros assume that the C object has properties "
"with the same names as the function parameters, as is usually the case, so "
"that it can supply the parameters directly to a <function>g_object_new()</"
"function> call. These constructors never actually call the <function>*_new()"
"</function> C functions, because gtkmm must actually instantiate derived "
"GTypes, and the <function>*_new()</function> C functions are meant only as "
"convenience functions for C programmers."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8825(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"class ActionGroup : public Glib::Object\n"
"{\n"
"  _CLASS_GOBJECT(ActionGroup, GtkActionGroup, GTK_ACTION_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"  _WRAP_CTOR(ActionGroup(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring()), gtk_action_group_new)\n"
"\n"
"public:\n"
"  _WRAP_CREATE(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring())\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"class ActionGroup : public Glib::Object\n"
"{\n"
"  _CLASS_GOBJECT(ActionGroup, GtkActionGroup, GTK_ACTION_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"
"\n"
"protected:\n"
"  _WRAP_CTOR(ActionGroup(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring()), gtk_action_group_new)\n"
"\n"
"public:\n"
"  _WRAP_CREATE(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring())\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8820(para)
msgid ""
"When using <function>_CLASS_GOBJECT()</function>, the constructors should be "
"protected (rather than public) and each constructor should have a "
"corresponding <function>_WRAP_CREATE()</function> in the public section. "
"This prevents the class from being instantiated without using a "
"<classname>RefPtr</classname>. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8840(para)
msgid "This macro creates a default constructor with no arguments."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8845(title)
msgid "_WRAP_CTOR"
msgstr "_WRAP_CTOR"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8846(para)
msgid ""
"This macro creates a constructor with arguments, equivalent to a "
"<function>*_new()</function> C function. It won't actually call the "
"<function>*_new()</function> function, but will simply create an equivalent "
"constructor with the same argument types. It takes a C++ constructor "
"signature, and a C function name."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8859(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(Widget&amp; icon_widget, const Glib::ustring&amp; label{?}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(Widget&amp; icon_widget, const Glib::ustring&amp; label{?}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8852(para)
msgid ""
"When wrapping constructors, it is possible for gmmproc to generate "
"convenience overloads of the wrapped constructors if the C function has "
"parameters that are optional (ie. the C API allows null for those "
"parameters). For instance, to specify if a parameter is optional, the "
"<function>_WRAP_CTOR()</function> macro would look something like the "
"following: <placeholder-1/> The <literal>{?}</literal> following the name of "
"the <parameter>label</parameter> parameter means that that parameter is "
"optional. In this case, gmmproc will generate an extra constructor without "
"that parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8874(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GtkToolItem* gtk_tool_button_new(GtkWidget* icon_widget, const gchar* label);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"GtkToolItem* gtk_tool_button_new(GtkWidget* icon_widget, const gchar* label);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8879(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(const Glib::ustring&amp; label{label}, Widget&amp; icon_widget{icon_widget}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(const Glib::ustring&amp; label{label}, Widget&amp; icon_widget{icon_widget}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8886(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(const Glib::ustring&amp; label{.}, Widget&amp; icon_widget{.}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_CTOR(ToolButton(const Glib::ustring&amp; label{.}, Widget&amp; icon_widget{.}), gtk_tool_button_new)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8867(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to have the order of the parameters of the constructor "
"different from that of the C function by using gmmproc's C++ to C parameter "
"mapping functionality. Using this functionality, it is possible to map a C++ "
"parameter to a C parameter by specifying the C parameter name. For instance, "
"assuming that the declaration of the <function>gtk_tool_button_new()</"
"function> function is the following: <placeholder-1/> The parameters of the "
"wrapped constructor could be reordered using the following: <placeholder-2/> "
"The <literal>{param_name}</literal> following each of the names of the "
"parameters tells gmmproc to map those C++ parameters to the C parameters "
"with the given names. Since the C++ parameter names correspond to the C "
"ones, the above could be re-written as: <placeholder-3/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8890(para)
msgid ""
"This same optional parameter syntax and parameter reordering is available "
"for <function>_WRAP_CREATE()</function>. Additional <function>create()</"
"function> overloads would be generated by gmmproc without the specified "
"optional parameters."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8899(title)
msgid "Hand-coding constructors"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8908(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Button::Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic)\n"
":\n"
"  _CONSTRUCT(\"label\", label.c_str(), \"use_underline\", gboolean(mnemonic))\n"
"{}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Button::Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic)\n"
":\n"
"  _CONSTRUCT(\"label\", label.c_str(), \"use_underline\", gboolean(mnemonic))\n"
"{}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8900(para)
msgid ""
"When a constructor must be partly hand written because, for instance, the "
"<function>*_new()</function> C function's parameters do not correspond "
"directly to object properties, or because the <function>*_new()</function> C "
"function does more than call <function>g_object_new()</function>, the "
"<function>_CONSTRUCT()</function> macro may be used in the .ccg file to save "
"some work. The <function>_CONSTRUCT</function> macro takes a series of "
"property names and values. For instance, from <filename>button.ccg</"
"filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8920(title)
msgid "Method macros"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8923(title)
msgid "_WRAP_METHOD"
msgstr "_WRAP_METHOD"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8924(para)
msgid "This macro generates the C++ method to wrap a C function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8925(function)
msgid "_WRAP_METHOD( C++ method signature, C function name)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8927(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text), gtk_entry_set_text)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text), gtk_entry_set_text)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8926(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>entry.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8931(para)
msgid ""
"The C function (e.g. <function>gtk_entry_set_text</function>) is described "
"more fully in the .defs file, and the <filename>convert*.m4</filename> files "
"contain the necessary conversion from the C++ parameter type to the C "
"parameter type. This macro also generates doxygen documentation comments "
"based on the <filename>*_docs.xml</filename> and <filename>*_docs_override."
"xml</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8940(term) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9149(term)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9196(term)
msgid "refreturn"
msgstr "refreturn"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8942(para)
msgid ""
"Do an extra <function>reference()</function> on the return value, in case "
"the C function does not provide a reference."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8947(term)
msgid "errthrow"
msgstr "errthrow"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8949(para)
msgid "Use the last GError* parameter of the C function to throw an exception."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8954(term)
msgid "deprecated"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8956(para)
msgid ""
"Puts the generated code in #ifdef blocks. Text about the deprecation can be "
"specified as an optional parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8962(term)
msgid "constversion"
msgstr "constversion"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8964(para)
msgid ""
"Just call the non-const version of the same function, instead of generating "
"almost duplicate code."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8969(term) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9157(term)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9228(term) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9259(term)
msgid "ifdef"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8971(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9159(para)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9230(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9261(para)
msgid "Puts the generated code in #ifdef blocks."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8937(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9120(para)
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9193(para)
msgid "There are some optional extra arguments: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8980(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void get_preferred_size(Requisition&amp; minimum_size, Requisition&amp; natural_size{?}) const, gtk_widget_get_preferred_size)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void get_preferred_size(Requisition&amp; minimum_size, Requisition&amp; natural_size{?}) const, gtk_widget_get_preferred_size)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8976(para)
msgid ""
"As with <function>_WRAP_CTOR()</function> it is possible to specify if there "
"are any optional parameters. If that is the case, gmmproc will generate "
"convenience overload methods without those parameters. For example: "
"<placeholder-1/> Would indicate that the <parameter>natural_size</parameter> "
"parameter is optional because its name ends with <literal>{?}</literal>. In "
"this case, gmmproc would generate a method overload without that parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8994(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void gtk_widget_set_device_events(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDevice* device, GdkEventMask events);\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"void gtk_widget_set_device_events(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDevice* device, GdkEventMask events);\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8999(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_device_events(Gdk::EventMask events{events}, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gdk::Device&gt;&amp; device{device}), gtk_widget_set_device_events)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_device_events(Gdk::EventMask events{events}, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gdk::Device&gt;&amp; device{device}), gtk_widget_set_device_events)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9006(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_device_events(Gdk::EventMask events{.}, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gdk::Device&gt;&amp; device{.}), gtk_widget_set_device_events)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_device_events(Gdk::EventMask events{.}, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gdk::Device&gt;&amp; device{.}), gtk_widget_set_device_events)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8987(para)
msgid ""
"Also, as with <function>_WRAP_CTOR()</function>, it is possible to reorder "
"the parameters of the C++ method by using gmmproc's C++ to C parameter "
"mapping functionality. Using this functionality, it is possible to map a C++ "
"parameter to a C parameter by specifying the C parameter name. For example, "
"if the <function>gtk_widget_set_device_events()</function> declaration is "
"the following: <placeholder-1/> Something like the following would change "
"the order of the parameters in the C++ method: <placeholder-2/> The <literal>"
"{param_name}</literal> following each of the names of the parameters tells "
"gmmproc to map those C++ parameters to the C parameters with the given "
"names. Since the C++ parameter names correspond to the C ones, the above "
"could be re-written as: <placeholder-3/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9018(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_get_request_mode(GtkWidget* widget);\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9024(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void get_request_mode(SizeRequestMode&amp; mode{OUT}) const, gtk_widget_get_request_mode)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD(void get_request_mode(SizeRequestMode&amp; mode{OUT}) const, gtk_widget_get_request_mode)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9032(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`SizeRequestMode&amp;',`GtkSizeRequestMode',`$3 = (SizeRequestMode)($4)')\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`SizeRequestMode&amp;',`GtkSizeRequestMode',`$3 = (SizeRequestMode)($4)')\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9036(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`SizeRequestMode&amp;',`GtkSizeRequestMode',`$3 = ($1)($4)')\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_INITIALIZATION(`SizeRequestMode&amp;',`GtkSizeRequestMode',`$3 = ($1)($4)')\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9010(para)
msgid ""
"With <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function> it is also possible to include an "
"output parameter in the C++ method declaration in which the return of the C "
"function would be placed and to have the C++ method return <type>void</"
"type>. To do that, simply include the output parameter declaration in the C+"
"+ method declaration appending a <literal>{OUT}</literal> to the output "
"parameter name. For example, if <function>gtk_widget_get_request_mode()</"
"function> is declared as the following: <placeholder-1/> And having the C++ "
"method set an output parameter is desired instead of returning a "
"<type>SizeRequestMode</type>, something like the following could be used: "
"<placeholder-2/> the <literal>{OUT}</literal> appended to the name of the "
"<parameter>mode</parameter> output parameter tells gmmproc to place the "
"return of the C function in that output parameter. In this case, however, a "
"necessary initialization macro like the following would also have to be "
"specified: <placeholder-3/> Which could also be written as: <placeholder-4/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9042(para)
msgid ""
"Objects used via <classname>RefPtr</classname>: Pass the <classname>RefPtr</"
"classname> as a const reference. For instance, <code>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
"Gtk::Action&gt;&amp; action</code>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9046(para)
msgid ""
"Const Objects used via <classname>RefPtr</classname>: If the object should "
"not be changed by the function, then make sure that the object is const, "
"even if the <classname>RefPtr</classname> is already const. For instance, "
"<code>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gtk::Action&gt;&amp; action</code>."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9051(para)
msgid ""
"Wrapping <classname>GList*</classname> and <classname>GSList*</classname> "
"parameters: First, you need to discover what objects are contained in the "
"list's data field for each item, usually by reading the documentation for "
"the C function. The list can then be wrapped by a <classname>std::vector</"
"classname> type. For instance, <code>std::vector&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
"Action&gt; &gt;</code>. You may need to define a Traits type to specify how "
"the C and C++ types should be converted."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9068(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "#m4 _CONVERSION(`GSList*',`std::vector&lt;Widget*&gt;',`Glib::SListHandler&lt;Widget*&gt;::slist_to_vector($3, Glib::OWNERSHIP_SHALLOW)')"
msgstr "#m4 _CONVERSION(`GSList*',`std::vector&lt;Widget*&gt;',`Glib::SListHandler&lt;Widget*&gt;::slist_to_vector($3, Glib::OWNERSHIP_SHALLOW)')"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9060(para)
msgid ""
"Wrapping <classname>GList*</classname> and <classname>GSList*</classname> "
"return types: You must discover whether the caller should free the list and "
"whether it should release the items in the list, again by reading the "
"documentation of the C function. With this information you can choose the "
"ownership (none, shallow or deep) for the m4 conversion rule, which you "
"should probably put directly into the .hg file because the ownership depends "
"on the function rather than the type. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9040(para)
msgid ""
"Though it's usually obvious what C++ types should be used in the C++ method, "
"here are some hints: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9074(title)
msgid "_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY"
msgstr "_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9075(para)
msgid ""
"This macro is like <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, but it generates "
"only the documentation for a C++ method that wraps a C function. Use this "
"when you must hand-code the method, but you want to use the documentation "
"that would be generated if the method was generated."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9079(function)
msgid "_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY(C function name)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9081(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY(gtk_container_remove)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY(gtk_container_remove)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9080(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>container.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9088(title)
msgid "_IGNORE / _IGNORE_SIGNAL"
msgstr "_IGNORE / _IGNORE_SIGNAL"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9089(para)
msgid ""
"<command>gmmproc</command> will warn you on stdout about functions and "
"signals that you have forgotten to wrap, helping to ensure that you are "
"wrapping the complete API. But if you don't want to wrap some functions or "
"signals, or if you chose to hand-code some methods then you can use the "
"_IGNORE() or _IGNORE_SIGNAL() macro to make <command>gmmproc</command> stop "
"complaining."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9094(function)
msgid "_IGNORE(C function name 1, C function name2, etc)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9095(function)
msgid "_IGNORE_SIGNAL(C signal name 1, C signal name2, etc)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9097(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_IGNORE(gtk_button_box_set_spacing, gtk_button_box_get_spacing)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_IGNORE(gtk_button_box_set_spacing, gtk_button_box_get_spacing)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9096(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>buttonbox.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9104(title)
msgid "_WRAP_SIGNAL"
msgstr "_WRAP_SIGNAL"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9105(para)
msgid ""
"This macro generates the C++ libsigc++-style signal to wrap a C GObject "
"signal. It actually generates a public accessor method, such as "
"<function>signal_clicked()</function>, which returns a proxy object. "
"<command>gmmproc</command> uses the .defs file to discover the C parameter "
"types and the .m4 convert files to discover appropriate type conversions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9111(function)
msgid "_WRAP_SIGNAL( C++ signal handler signature, C signal name)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9113(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(),\"clicked\")\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(),\"clicked\")\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9117(para)
msgid ""
"Signals usually have function pointers in the GTK struct, with a "
"corresponding enum value. and a <function>g_signal_new()</function> in the ."
"c file."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9123(term)
msgid "no_default_handler"
msgstr "no_default_handler"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9125(para)
msgid ""
"Do not generate an <function>on_something()</function> virtual method to "
"allow easy overriding of the default signal handler. Use this when adding a "
"signal with a default signal handler would break the ABI by increasing the "
"size of the class's virtual function table."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9133(term)
msgid "custom_default_handler"
msgstr "custom_default_handler"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9135(para)
msgid ""
"Generate a declaration of the <function>on_something()</function> virtual "
"method in the <filename>.h</filename> file, but do not generate a definition "
"in the <filename>.cc</filename> file. Use this when you must generate the "
"definition by hand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9142(term)
msgid "custom_c_callback"
msgstr "custom_c_callback"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9144(para)
msgid ""
"Do not generate a C callback function for the signal. Use this when you must "
"generate the callback function by hand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9151(para)
msgid ""
"Do an extra <function>reference()</function> on the return value of the "
"<function>on_something()</function> virtual method, in case the C function "
"does not provide a reference."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9167(title)
msgid "_WRAP_PROPERTY"
msgstr "_WRAP_PROPERTY"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9168(para)
msgid ""
"This macro generates the C++ method to wrap a C GObject property. You must "
"specify the property name and the wanted C++ type for the property. "
"<command>gmmproc</command> uses the .defs file to discover the C type and "
"the .m4 convert files to discover appropriate type conversions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9172(function)
msgid "_WRAP_PROPERTY(C property name, C++ type)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9174(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_PROPERTY(\"label\", Glib::ustring)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_PROPERTY(\"etiqueta\", Glib::ustring)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9181(title)
msgid "_WRAP_VFUNC"
msgstr "_WRAP_VFUNC"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9182(para)
msgid "This macro generates the C++ method to wrap a virtual C function."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9183(function)
msgid "_WRAP_VFUNC( C++ method signature, C function name)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9185(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_VFUNC(SizeRequestMode get_request_mode() const, get_request_mode)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_VFUNC(SizeRequestMode get_request_mode() const, get_request_mode)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9184(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9272(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>widget.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9189(para)
msgid ""
"The C function (e.g. <function>get_request_mode</function>) is described "
"more fully in the <filename>*_vfuncs.defs</filename> file, and the "
"<filename>convert*.m4</filename> files contain the necessary conversion from "
"the C++ parameter type to the C parameter type."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9198(para)
msgid ""
"Do an extra <function>reference()</function> on the return value of the "
"<function>something_vfunc()</function> function, in case the virtual C "
"function does not provide a reference."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9204(term)
msgid "refreturn_ctype"
msgstr "refreturn_ctype"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9206(para)
msgid ""
"Do an extra <function>reference()</function> on the return value of an "
"overridden <function>something_vfunc()</function> function in the C callback "
"function, in case the calling C function expects it to provide a reference."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9213(term)
msgid "custom_vfunc"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9215(para)
msgid ""
"Do not generate a definition of the vfunc in the <filename>.cc</filename> "
"file. Use this when you must generate the vfunc by hand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9221(term)
msgid "custom_vfunc_callback"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9223(para)
msgid ""
"Do not generate a C callback function for the vfunc. Use this when you must "
"generate the callback function by hand."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9235(para)
msgid ""
"A rule to which there may be exceptions: If the virtual C function returns a "
"pointer to an object derived from <classname>GObject</classname>, i.e. a "
"reference-counted object, then the virtual C++ function shall return a "
"<classname>Glib::RefPtr&lt;&gt;</classname> object. One of the extra "
"arguments <parameter>refreturn</parameter> or <parameter>refreturn_ctype</"
"parameter> is required."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9246(title)
msgid "Other macros"
msgstr "Otras macros"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9248(title)
msgid "_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE"
msgstr "_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9249(para)
msgid "This macro generates initialization code for the interface."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9250(function)
msgid "_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE(C++ interface name)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9252(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE(Activatable)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_IMPLEMENTS_INTERFACE(Activatable)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9256(para)
msgid "There is one optional extra argument: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Hay un argumento opcional adicional: <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9269(title)
msgid "_WRAP_ENUM"
msgstr "_WRAP_ENUM"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9270(para)
msgid ""
"This macro generates a C++ enum to wrap a C enum. You must specify the "
"desired C++ name and the name of the underlying C enum."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9273(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_ENUM(WindowType, GdkWindowType)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_ENUM(WindowType, GdkWindowType)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9277(para)
msgid ""
"If the enum is not a <classname>GType</classname>, you must pass a third "
"parameter NO_GTYPE. This is the case when there is no <function>*_get_type()"
"</function> function for the C enum, but be careful that you don't just need "
"to include an extra header for that function. You should also file a bug "
"against the C API, because all enums should be registered as GTypes."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9282(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_ENUM(IconLookupFlags, GtkIconLookupFlags, NO_GTYPE)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_ENUM(IconLookupFlags, GtkIconLookupFlags, NO_GTYPE)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9281(para)
msgid "For example, from <filename>icontheme.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9289(title)
msgid "_WRAP_GERROR"
msgstr "_WRAP_GERROR"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9290(para)
msgid ""
"This macro generates a C++ exception class, derived from Glib::Error, with a "
"Code enum and a code() method. You must specify the desired C++ name, the "
"name of the corresponding C enum, and the prefix for the C enum values."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9293(para)
msgid ""
"This exception can then be thrown by methods which are generated from "
"_WRAP_METHOD() with the errthrow option."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9295(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_GERROR(PixbufError, GdkPixbufError, GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_WRAP_GERROR(PixbufError, GdkPixbufError, GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9294(para)
msgid "For instance, from <filename>pixbuf.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9302(title)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET / _MEMBER_SET"
msgstr "_MEMBER_GET / _MEMBER_SET"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9303(para)
msgid ""
"Use these macros if you're wrapping a simple struct or boxed type that "
"provides direct access to its data members, to create getters and setters "
"for the data members."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9307(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9308(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_SET(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9311(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "_MEMBER_GET(x, x, int, int)"
msgstr "_MEMBER_GET(x, x, int, int)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9309(para)
msgid "For example, in <filename>rectangle.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9315(title)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET_PTR / _MEMBER_SET_PTR"
msgstr "_MEMBER_GET_PTR / _MEMBER_SET_PTR"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9316(para)
msgid ""
"Use these macros to automatically provide getters and setters for a data "
"member that is a pointer type. For the getter function, it will create two "
"methods, one const and one non-const."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9321(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr "_MEMBER_GET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9322(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_SET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr "_MEMBER_SET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9324(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// _MEMBER_GET_PTR(engine_lang, lang_engine, EngineLang*, PangoEngineLang*)\n"
"// It's just a comment. It's difficult to find a real-world example.\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9323(para)
msgid ""
"For example, for <classname>Pango::Analysis</classname> in <filename>item."
"hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9331(title)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT / _MEMBER_SET_GOBJECT"
msgstr "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT / _MEMBER_SET_GOBJECT"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9332(para)
msgid ""
"Use these macros to provide getters and setters for a data member that is a "
"<classname>GObject</classname> type that must be referenced before being "
"returned."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9337(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9338(function)
msgid "_MEMBER_SET_GOBJECT(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9340(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(layout, layout, Pango::Layout, PangoLayout*)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(layout, layout, Pango::Layout, PangoLayout*)\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9339(para)
msgid ""
"For example, in Pangomm, <filename>layoutline.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9347(title)
msgid "Basic Types"
msgstr "Tipos básicos"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9348(para)
msgid ""
"Some of the basic types that are used in C APIs have better alternatives in C"
"++. For example, there's no need for a <type>gboolean</type> type since C++ "
"has <type>bool</type>. The following list shows some commonly-used types in "
"C APIs and what you might convert them to in a C++ wrapper library."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9353(title)
msgid "Basic Type equivalents"
msgstr "Tipos básicos equivalentes"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9355(segtitle)
msgid "C type"
msgstr "Tipo C"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9356(segtitle)
msgid "C++ type"
msgstr "Tipo C++"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9357(type)
msgid "gboolean"
msgstr "gboolean"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9357(type)
msgid "bool"
msgstr "bool"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9358(type)
msgid "gint"
msgstr "gint"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9358(type)
msgid "int"
msgstr "int"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9359(type)
msgid "guint"
msgstr "guint"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9360(type)
msgid "gdouble"
msgstr "gdouble"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9360(type)
msgid "double"
msgstr "doble"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9361(type)
msgid "gunichar"
msgstr "gunichar"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9362(type)
msgid "gchar*"
msgstr "gchar*"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9362(classname)
msgid "std::string"
msgstr "std::string"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9362(seg)
msgid "<placeholder-1/> (or <placeholder-2/> for filenames)"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> (o <placeholder-2/> para nombres de archivos)"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9369(title)
msgid "Hand-coded source files"
msgstr "Archivos de código fuente programados a mano"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9370(para)
msgid ""
"You might want to include additional source files that will not be generated "
"by <command>gmmproc</command> from <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>."
"ccg</filename> files. You can simply place these in your "
"<filename>libsomething/libsomethingmm</filename> directory and mention them "
"in the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> in the <varname>files_extra_h</"
"varname> and <varname>files_extra_cc</varname> variables."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9380(title)
msgid "Initialization"
msgstr "Inicialización"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9389(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"void init()\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Main::init_gtkmm_internals(); //Sets up the g type system and the Glib::wrap() table.\n"
"  wrap_init(); //Tells the Glib::wrap() table about the libsomethingmm classes.\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"void init()\n"
"{\n"
"  Gtk::Main::init_gtkmm_internals(); //Configura el sistema de tipo g y la tabla Glib::wrap().\n"
"  wrap_init(); //Informa a la tabla Glib::wrap() sobre las clases de libalgomm.\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9381(para)
msgid ""
"Your library must be initialized before it can be used, to register the new "
"types that it makes available. Also, the C library that you are wrapping "
"might have its own initialization function that you should call. You can do "
"this in an <function>init()</function> function that you can place in hand-"
"coded <filename>init.h</filename> and <filename>init.cc</filename> files. "
"This function should initialize your dependencies (such as the C function, "
"and <application>gtkmm</application>) and call your generated "
"<function>wrap_init()</function> function. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9397(para)
msgid ""
"The implementation of the <function>wrap_init()</function> method in "
"<filename>wrap_init.cc</filename> is generated by "
"<filename>generate_wrap_init.pl</filename>, but the declaration in "
"<filename>wrap_init.h</filename> is hand-coded, so you will need to adjust "
"<filename>wrap_init.h</filename> so that the <function>init()</function> "
"function appears in the correct C++ namespace."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9406(title)
msgid "Problems in the C API."
msgstr "Problemas en la API de C."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9407(para)
msgid ""
"You are likely to encounter some problems in the library that you are "
"wrapping, particularly if it is a new project. Here are some common "
"problems, with solutions."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9409(title)
msgid "Unable to predeclare structs"
msgstr "No se pueden predeclarar estructuras"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9411(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"typedef struct _ExampleWidget ExampleWidget;\n"
"\n"
"struct _ExampleWidget\n"
"{\n"
"  ...\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"typedef struct _ExampleWidget ExampleWidget;\n"
"\n"
"struct _ExampleWidget\n"
"{\n"
"  ...\n"
"};\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9410(para)
msgid ""
"By convention, structs are declared in glib/GTK+-style headers like so: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Por convenio, las estructuras se declaran en los encabezados de Glib/GTK+ "
"igual que en: <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9420(para)
msgid ""
"The extra typedef allows the struct to be used in a header without including "
"its full definition, simply by predeclaring it, by repeating that typedef. "
"This means that you don't have to include the C library's header in your C++ "
"header, thus keeping it out of your public API. <command>gmmproc</command> "
"assumes that this technique was used, so you will see compiler errors if "
"that is not the case."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9427(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"example-widget.h:56: error: using typedef-name 'ExampleWidget' after 'struct'\n"
"../../libexample/libexamplemm/example-widget.h:34: error: 'ExampleWidget' has a previous declaration here\n"
"make[4]: *** [example-widget.lo] Error 1\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9433(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"example-widget.h:60: error: '_ExampleWidget ExampleWidget' redeclared as different kind of symbol\n"
"../../libexample/libexamplemm/example-widget.h:34: error: previous declaration of 'typedef struct _ExampleWidget ExampleWidget'\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9425(para)
msgid ""
"This compiler error might look like this: <placeholder-1/> or this: "
"<placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""
"Este error del compilador podría tener este aspecto: <placeholder-1/> o "
"este: <placeholder-2/>"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9438(para)
msgid ""
"This is easy to correct in the C library, so do send a patch to the relevant "
"maintainer."
msgstr ""
"Esto es fácil de corregir en la biblioteca de C, así que envíe un parche al "
"mantenedor pertinentes."

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9442(title)
msgid "Lack of properties"
msgstr "Falta de propiedades"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9449(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GtkWidget* example_widget_new(int something, const char* thing)\n"
"{\n"
"        return g_object_new (EXAMPLE_TYPE_WIDGET, \"something\", something, \"thing\", thing, NULL);\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"GtkWidget* example_widget_new(int something, const char* thing)\n"
"{\n"
"        return g_object_new (EXAMPLE_TYPE_WIDGET, \"something\", something, \"thing\", thing, NULL);\n"
"}\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9443(para)
msgid ""
"By convention, glib/GTK+-style objects have <function>*_new()</function> "
"functions, such as <function>example_widget_new()</function> that do nothing "
"more than call <function>g_object_new()</function> and return the result. "
"The input parameters are supplied to <function>g_object_new()</function> "
"along with the names of the properties for which they are values. For "
"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9456(para)
msgid ""
"This allows language bindings to implement their own equivalents (such as C+"
"+ constructors), without using the <function>*_new()</function> function. "
"This is often necessary so that they can actually instantiate a derived "
"GType, to add their own hooks for signal handlers and vfuncs."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9460(para)
msgid ""
"At the least, the <function>_new()</function> function should not use any "
"private API (functions that are only in a .c file). Even when there are no "
"functions, we can sometimes reimplement 2 or 3 lines of code in a "
"<function>_new()</function> function as long as those lines of code use API "
"that is available to us."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9468(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GtkWidget* example_widget_new(int something, const char* thing)\n"
"{\n"
"        ExampleWidget* widget;\n"
"        widget = g_object_new (EXAMPLE_TYPE_WIDGET, NULL);\n"
"        example_widget_construct(widget, \"something\", something, \"thing\", thing);\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"void example_widget_construct(ExampleWidget* widget, int something, const char* thing)\n"
"{\n"
"        //Do stuff that uses private API:\n"
"        widget-&gt;priv-&gt;thing = thing;\n"
"        do_something(something);\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9465(para)
msgid ""
"Another workaround is to add a <function>*_construct()</function> function "
"that the C++ constructor can call after instantiating its own type. For "
"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9484(para)
msgid ""
"Adding properties, and ensuring that they interact properly with each other, "
"is relatively difficult to correct in the C library, but it is possible, so "
"do file a bug and try to send a patch to the relevant maintainer."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9492(title)
msgid "Documentation"
msgstr "Documentación"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9493(para)
msgid ""
"In general, gtkmm-style projects use Doxygen, which reads specially "
"formatted C++ comments and generates HTML documentation. You may write these "
"doxygen comments directly in the header files."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9496(title)
msgid "Reusing C documentation"
msgstr "Reutilizar la documentación de C"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9497(para)
msgid ""
"You might wish to reuse documentation that exists for the C library that you "
"are wrapping. GTK-style C libraries typically use gtk-doc and therefore have "
"source code comments formatted for gtk-doc and some extra documentation in ."
"sgml and .xml files. The docextract_to_xml.py script, from glibmm's "
"<filename>tools/defs_gen</filename> directory, can read these files and "
"generate an .xml file that <command>gmmproc</command> can use to generate "
"doxygen comments. <command>gmmproc</command> will even try to transform the "
"documentation to make it more appropriate for a C++ API."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9507(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "./docextract_to_xml.py -s ~/checkout/gnome/gtk+/gtk/ -s ~/checkout/gnome/gtk+/docs/reference/gtk/ &gt; gtk_docs.xml\n"
msgstr "./docextract_to_xml.py -s ~/checkout/gnome/gtk+/gtk/ -s ~/checkout/gnome/gtk+/docs/reference/gtk/ &gt; gtk_docs.xml\n"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9510(para)
msgid ""
"Because this automatic transformation is not always appropriate, you might "
"want to provide hand-written text for a particular method. You can do this "
"by copying the XML node for the function from your <filename>something_docs."
"xml</filename> file to the <filename>something_docs_override.xml</filename> "
"file and changing the contents."
msgstr ""

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9519(title)
msgid "Documentation build structure"
msgstr "Estructura de construcción de la documentación"

#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9520(para)
msgid ""
"If you copied the skeleton source tree in mm-common and substituted the "
"placeholder text, then you will already have suitable <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename> and <filename>Doxyfile.in</filename> files. With the mm-common "
"build setup, the list of Doxygen input files is not defined in the Doxygen "
"configuration file, but passed along from <command>make</command> to the "
"standard input of <command>doxygen</command>. The input file list is defined "
"by the <varname>doc_input</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename> file."
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"José Zambrano <jozaol@gmail.com>, 2011\n"
"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011\n"
"Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2010"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE(Region, GdkRegion, gdk_region_new, "
#~ "gdk_region_copy, gdk_region_destroy)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE(Region, GdkRegion, gdk_region_new, "
#~ "gdk_region_copy, gdk_region_destroy)\n"

#~ msgid "_IGNORE()"
#~ msgstr "_IGNORE()"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_MEMBER_GET_PTR(vbox, vbox, VBox*, GtkWidget*)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_MEMBER_GET_PTR(vbox, vbox, VBox*, GtkWidget*)\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Gtk::RecentInfo info = recent_manager-&gt;lookup_item(uri);\n"
#~ "if (info)\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "  // item was found\n"
#~ "}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gtk::RecentInfo info = recent_manager-&gt;lookup_item(uri);\n"
#~ "if (info)\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "  // se encontró el elemento\n"
#~ "}"

#~ msgid "FontSelectionDialog"
#~ msgstr "FontSelectionDialog"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "bool myarea::on_expose_event(GdkEventExpose* ev)\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; image = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file"
#~ "(\"myimage.png\");\n"
#~ "image-&gt;render_to_drawable(get_window(), get_style()-&gt;get_black_gc"
#~ "(),\n"
#~ "0, 0, 100, 80, image-&gt;get_width(), image-&gt;get_height(), // draw the "
#~ "whole image (from 0,0 to the full width,height) at 100,80 in the window\n"
#~ "Gdk::RGB_DITHER_NONE, 0, 0);\n"
#~ "return true;\n"
#~ "}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "bool myarea::on_expose_event(GdkEventExpose* ev)\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; image = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file"
#~ "(\"myimage.png\");\n"
#~ "image-&gt;render_to_drawable(get_window(), get_style()-&gt;get_black_gc"
#~ "(),\n"
#~ "0, 0, 100, 80, image-&gt;get_width(), image-&gt;get_height(), // draw the "
#~ "whole image (from 0,0 to the full width,height) at 100,80 in the window\n"
#~ "Gdk::RGB_DITHER_NONE, 0, 0);\n"
#~ "return true;\n"
#~ "}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; bitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window, "
#~ "data, width, height);\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; bitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window, "
#~ "data, width, height);\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(offscreen_pixmap, offscreen_pixmap, Gdk::Pixmap, "
#~ "GdkPixmap*)\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(offscreen_pixmap, offscreen_pixmap, Gdk::Pixmap, "
#~ "GdkPixmap*)\n"

#~ msgid "Jason"
#~ msgstr "Jason"

#~ msgid "M'Sadoques"
#~ msgstr "M'Sadoques"

#~ msgid "Chapter on \"Drawing Area\"."
#~ msgstr "Capítulo acerca de «Área de dibujo»."

#~ msgid "Alan"
#~ msgstr "Alan"

#~ msgid "Ott"
#~ msgstr "Ott"

#~ msgid "Appendix on \"Visual Studio 2005\"."
#~ msgstr "Apéndice acerca de «Visual Studio 2005»."

#~ msgid "TODO: gtkmm2: markup."
#~ msgstr "Por-hacer: gtkmm2; marcado."

#~ msgid "size()"
#~ msgstr "size()"

#~ msgid "max_size()"
#~ msgstr "max_size()"

#~ msgid "empty()"
#~ msgstr "empty()"

#~ msgid "insert()"
#~ msgstr "insert()"

#~ msgid "push_front()"
#~ msgstr "push_front()"

#~ msgid "push_back()"
#~ msgstr "push_back()"

#~ msgid "pop_front()"
#~ msgstr "pop_front()"

#~ msgid "pop_back()"
#~ msgstr "pop_back()"

#~ msgid "clear()"
#~ msgstr "clear()"

#~ msgid "erase()"
#~ msgstr "erase()"

#~ msgid "remove()"
#~ msgstr "remove()"

#~ msgid "find()"
#~ msgstr "find()"

#~ msgid "front()"
#~ msgstr "front()"

#~ msgid "back()"
#~ msgstr "back()"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "namespace Notebook_Helpers\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "    class PageList\n"
#~ "    {\n"
#~ "    public:\n"
#~ "             . . .\n"
#~ "        void push_back(const Element&amp; e);\n"
#~ "             . . .\n"
#~ "        Page* operator[](size_type l);\n"
#~ "    };\n"
#~ "};"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "namespace Notebook_Helpers\n"
#~ "{\n"
#~ "    class PageList\n"
#~ "    {\n"
#~ "    public:\n"
#~ "             . . .\n"
#~ "        void push_back(const Element&amp; e);\n"
#~ "             . . .\n"
#~ "        Page* operator[](size_type l);\n"
#~ "    };\n"
#~ "};"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "MenuElem* m = new MenuElem(\"hello\");\n"
#~ "m-&gt;right_justify();\n"
#~ "items().push_back(*m);"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "MenuElem* m = new MenuElem(\"hola\");\n"
#~ "m-&gt;right_justify();\n"
#~ "items().push_back(*m);"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "items().push_back(MenuElem(\"hello\"));\n"
#~ "items().back()-&gt;right_justify();"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "items().push_back(MenuElem(\"hola\"));\n"
#~ "items().back()-&gt;right_justify();"

#~ msgid "Link"
#~ msgstr "Enlace"

#~ msgid "2002-2006"
#~ msgstr "2002-2006"
